UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)10-K

R
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20172020

OR

£
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIESEXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____________ to ______________        

Commission File No. 001-33861

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York 11-2153962
(State or other jurisdiction of(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
2929 California Street, Torrance, California 90503
(Address of principal executive offices) Zip Code

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (310) 212-7910

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: common stock, $0.01 par value per share
Title of each class
Trading symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per shareMPAAThe Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes £ No R

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes £ No R

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes R No £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  R No£

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer £
 
Accelerated filer R
Non-accelerated filer £
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 
Smaller reporting company £
  
Emerging growth company £

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes £ No R

As of September 30, 2016,2019, which was the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed fiscal second quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $529,726,695$313,529,239 based on the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

There were 18,635,09918,972,380 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 20, 2017.June 8, 2020.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

In accordance with General Instruction G (3) of Form 10-K, the information required by Part III hereof will either be incorporated into this Form 10-K by reference to the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the registrant’s next Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed within 120 days of March 31, 2020 or will be included in an amendment to this Form 10-K filed within 120 days of March 31, 2020.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

3PART I
 
5
11
19
19
19
19
PART II
 
20
22
23
41
41
41
41
43
PART III
 
444
1044
3644
3844
39
44
PART IV
 
4045
50
4151


EXPLANATORY NOTEMOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.

This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K (this “Amendment”GLOSSARY

The following terms are frequently used in the text of this report and have the meanings indicated below.

“Used Core” — An automobile part which has previously been used in the operation of a vehicle. Generally, the Used Core is an original equipment (“OE”) amendsautomobile part installed by the vehicle manufacturer and subsequently removed for replacement. Used Cores contain salvageable parts which are an important raw material in the remanufacturing process. We obtain most Used Cores by providing credits to our Annual Report on Form 10-Kcustomers for Used Cores returned to us under our core exchange program. Our customers receive these Used Cores from consumers who deliver a Used Core to obtain credit from our customers upon the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017purchase of a newly remanufactured automobile part. When sufficient Used Cores are not available from our customers, we purchase Used Cores from core brokers, who are in the business of buying and selling Used Cores. The Used Cores purchased from core brokers or returned to us by our customers under the core exchange program, and which have been physically received by us, are part of our raw material and work-in-process inventory. Used Cores returned by consumers to our customers but not yet returned to us are classified as contract assets until we physically receive these Used Cores.

“Remanufactured Core” — The Used Core underlying an automobile part that was previously filed withhas gone through the Securitiesremanufacturing process and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on June 14, 2017 (the “Original Filing”). Wethrough that process has become part of a newly remanufactured automobile part. The remanufacturing process takes a Used Core, breaks it down into its component parts, replaces those components that cannot be reused and reassembles the salvageable components of the Used Core and additional new components into a remanufactured automobile part. Remanufactured Cores held for sale at our customer locations are filing the Amendment to include the information required by Part III of Form 10-K and not included in the Original Filing,long-term contract assets. The Remanufactured Core portion of stock adjustment returns are classified as contract assets until we will be filing our definitive proxy statement later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2017 (“Fiscal 2017”).physically receive them.

Except as set forth in Part III below, no other changes are made to the Original Filing. Unless expressly stated, this Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing
3

Table of the Original Filing, nor does it modify or update in any way the disclosures contained in the Original Filing. Contents
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this AmendmentAnnual Report on Form 10-K to “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “MPA,” and “our” refer to Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

This Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to our future performance that involve risks and uncertainties. Various factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: the current and future impacts of the COVID-19 public health crisis; concentration of sales to a small number of customers; changes in the financial condition of or our relationship with any of our major customers; increases in the average accounts receivable collection period; the loss of sales to customers; delays in payments by customers; the increasing customer pressure for lower prices and more favorable payment and other terms; lower revenues than anticipated from new and existing contracts; the increasing demands on our working capital; the significant strain on working capital associated with large inventory purchases from customers; lower efficiency or production due to stay at home orders issued by governments due to COVID-19 concerns; any meaningful difference between expected production needs and ultimate sales to our customers; investments in operational changes or acquisitions; our ability to obtain any additional financing we may seek or require; our ability to maintain positive cash flows from operations; our failure to meet the financial covenants or the other obligations set forth in our credit agreement and the lenders’ refusal to waive any such defaults; increases in interest rates; the impact of high gasoline prices; consumer preferences and general economic conditions; increased competition in the automotive parts industry including increased competition from Chinese and other offshore manufacturers; difficulty in obtaining Used Cores and component parts or increases in the costs of those parts; political, criminal or economic instability in any of the foreign countries where we conduct operations; currency exchange fluctuations; potential tariffs, unforeseen increases in operating costs; risks associated with cyber-attacks; risks associated with conflict minerals; the impact of new tax laws and interpretations thereof; uncertainties affecting our ability to estimate our tax rate and other factors discussed herein and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These and other risks and uncertainties may cause our actual results to differ materially and adversely from those expected in any forward-looking statements. Readers are directed to risks and uncertainties identified below under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report for additional detail regarding factors that may cause actual results to be different than those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

34

PART IIII

Item 1.Business

General

Item 10. Directors, Executive OfficersWe are a leading supplier of automotive aftermarket non-discretionary replacement parts and Corporate Governancediagnostic equipment.

Consistent with our strategic vision statement to be “The Global Leader for Parts and Solutions that Move Our World Today and Tomorrow.”, we have implemented a multi-pronged platform for growth in hard parts and solutions, which are discussed further in the sections below. We operate in the non-discretionary automotive aftermarket replacement hard parts business in both the $130 billion light duty and $15 billion heavy duty markets in North America. Our current products in the hard parts business include a significant presence in the rotating electrical category (alternators and starters). In January 2019, we completed the acquisition of all the equity interests of Dixie Electric, Ltd (“Dixie”), a privately held manufacturer and remanufacturer of alternators and starters for automotive aftermarket non-discretionary replacement parts for heavy-duty truck, industrial, marine and agricultural applications, based in Ontario, Canada, which enhanced our heavy-duty rotating electrical initiatives. This acquisition added an estimated $698 million market opportunity for heavy duty rotating electrical to our existing rotating electrical business.

We have a scalable infrastructure, and our growth opportunities remain abundant. Our growth strategy relating to hard parts includes growing market share in all of our existing hard parts product lines with a significant focus on launching and growing an expanding line of brake products, including brake calipers, brake boosters, brake rotors, brake pads and master cylinders.

In addition to our hard parts business, we offer rotating electrical diagnostic equipment to both original equipment manufacturers and aftermarket manufacturers and distributors.

As we execute on our strategic vision for the future, we are focused on growing our emerging electrification business and leveraging our highly respected line of development and diagnostic solutions – including simulation, emulation and production software and hardware. In addition, these offerings have applications for the aerospace and military industries to support fast-evolving electrification applications and related software and hardware requirements.

Our premium non-discretionary replacement parts for automotive light duty applications are primarily sold to automotive retail chain stores and warehouse distributors throughout North America, and to major automobile manufacturers for both their aftermarket programs and warranty replacement programs (“OES”). The current population of light duty vehicles in the U.S. is approximately 280 million, and the average age of these vehicles is approximately 12 years and is expected to continue to grow, in particular during recession years. The aged vehicle population provides favorable opportunities for sales of our parts. Although miles driven can fluctuate for various reasons, including fuel prices, they have been steadily increasing for several years. Demand for replacement parts generally increases with the age of vehicles and miles driven.

The automotive aftermarket is divided into two markets. The first is the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) market, which is generally serviced by the large retail chain outlets and on-line resellers. Consumers who purchase parts from the DIY channel generally install parts into their vehicles themselves. In most cases, this is a less expensive alternative than having the repair performed by a professional installer. The second is the professional installer market, commonly known as the do-it-for-me (“DIFM”) market. Traditional warehouse distributors, dealer networks, and commercial divisions of retail chains service this market. Generally, the consumer in this channel is a professional parts installer. Our products are distributed to both the DIY and DIFM markets. The distinction between these two markets has become less defined over the years, as retail outlets leverage their distribution strength and store locations to attract professional customers.

5

Table of Contents
We also supply aftermarket non-discretionary replacement parts to the heavy-duty truck, industrial, marine, and agricultural aftermarket, which has some overlap with the automotive aftermarket as discussed above, but also has specialty distribution channels through OES, fleet, and auto electric outlets.

Our directors,position within the diagnostic testing market is particularly promising, as discussed above. We have expanded our diagnostic equipment applications for combustion engine vehicles, including bench top testers for alternators and starters, and offer diagnostic technology solutions for the pre- and post-production of electric vehicles, as well as software emulation of power systems applications for the electrification of all forms of transportation, including automobiles, trucks and the emerging electrification of systems with the aerospace industry.  The global automotive component and powertrain testing market represents a multi-billion-dollar market, and solidly establishes our growth for today and the future, as electrification becomes increasingly important around the world.

Growth Strategies and Key Initiatives

As noted above, we have a multi-pronged growth strategy: first, we are focused on growing our aftermarket hard parts business in the North American marketplace; second, we are focused on growing our diagnostic business for internal combustion engines on a global basis — including original equipment and aftermarket; and third, we are focused on growing our electric vehicle diagnostic business servicing original equipment manufacturers for automotive and aerospace applications on a global basis.

To accomplish our strategic vision, we are focused on the following key initiatives:

Hard Parts
Grow our current product lines both with existing and potential new customers.  We continue to develop and offer current and new sales programs to ensure that we are doing all we can to support our customers’ businesses. We remain dedicated to managing growth and continuing to focus on enhancements to our infrastructure and making investments in resources to support our customers. We have globally positioned manufacturing and distribution centers to support our continuous growth.
Introduction of new product lines.  We continue to strive to expand our business by exploring new product lines, including working with our customers to identify potential new product opportunities.
Creating value for our customers.  A core part of our strategy is ensuring that we add meaningful value for our customers. We consistently support and pilot our customers’ supply management initiatives in addition to providing demand analytics, inventory management services, online training guides, and market share and retail store layout information to our customers.
Technological innovation.  We continue to expand our research and development teams as we further develop in-house technologies and advanced testing methods. This elevated level of technology aims to deliver our customers the highest quality products and support services that can be offered.
Diagnostics
Rotating Electrical
We provide industry-leading diagnostic equipment to both the original equipment and aftermarket. We are continuously upgrading our equipment to accommodate testing for the latest alternator and starter technology for both existing and new customers. These software and hardware upgrades are also available for existing products that the customer is using. In addition, we provide industry leading maintenance and service support for our testing equipment to provide a better end-user experience and value to our customers.
Introduction of new product lines. We have recently added new products, including alternator and starter testers for retail automotive chains and professional repair shops.
6

Table of Contents
Electric Vehicle and Aerospace
Market and grow our new product lines on a global basis. We offer products and services that cater to automotive diagnostics for inverter and electric motors for both development and production. In addition, we provide power supply hardware and emulation software diagnostic products. Our strategy is to market these products on a global basis to OE manufacturers as well as suppliers to the OE manufacturers for development and production of electric vehicles. We believe this is a rapidly emerging business, and see the opportunity for accelerating growth rates. In addition, we are well-positioned to supply diagnostic equipment to the aerospace industry to support its shift to electric power driven control systems in airplanes.
Recent Developments

In March 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared the outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) as a pandemic, which has spread globally and created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption in many countries in which we operate, including the United States, Mexico, Canada, Singapore, Malaysia, China, and India. National, state and local governments in these countries have implemented a variety of measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic that have the effect of restricting or limiting, among other activities, the operations of certain businesses. However, automotive repair and the related supply and distribution of parts have generally been classified as critical, essential or life-sustaining businesses exempted from these government shutdowns and to date we have been able to continue our business operations. Please see the discussion in Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" as well as in Item 1A "Risk Factors" for further information regarding the COVID-19 pandemic declared by the WHO in March 2020.

Products

We carry approximately 36,000 stock keeping units (“SKUs”) to support automotive replacement parts and diagnostic equipment business. Our products are sold under our customers’ widely recognized private label brand names and our own brand names including Quality-Built®, Pure Energy™, Xtreme®, Talon®, Reliance™,D&V Electronics, E&M Power, Dixie Electric, DelStar®, and Select Power Source™.

Our products include (i) rotating electrical products such as alternators and starters, (ii) wheel hub assemblies and bearings, (iii) brake-related products, which include brake calipers, brake boosters, and brake master cylinders, and (iv) diagnostics and other products, which include diagnostics systems, advanced power emulators used for the development of electric vehicles and aerospace applications, and custom power electronic products for quality control in the development and production of electric vehicles and turbochargers.

Segment Reporting

Pursuant to the guidance provided under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) for segment reporting, we have identified our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), reviewed the documents used by the CODM, and understand how such documents are used by the CODM to make financial and operating decisions. We have determined through this review process that our business comprises three separate operating segments. Two of the operating segments meet all of the aggregation criteria, and are aggregated. The remaining operating segment does not meet the quantitative thresholds for individual disclosure and we have combined our operating segments into a single reportable segment.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

We sell our products to the largest automotive chains, including Advance (inclusive of Carquest, Autopart International, and Worldpac), AutoZone, Genuine Parts (NAPA), and O’Reilly with an aggregate of approximately 25,000 retail outlets. We sell diagnostic equipment via direct and indirect sales channels, technical conferences, and trade shows to some of the world’s best automotive companies. We also sell diagnostic equipment to customers in the aerospace/aviation sector. In addition, our products are sold to OES customers, professional installers, and a diverse group of automotive warehouse distributors. During fiscal 2020, we sold approximately 98% of our products in North America, with less than 2% of our products sold in Asian and European countries.

7

Table of Contents
We publish printed and electronic catalogs with part numbers and applications for our hard parts products along with a detailed technical glossary and informational database. In addition, we publish printed and electronic product and service brochures and data sheets for our diagnostic product and service offerings. We believe that we maintain one of the most extensive catalog and product identification systems available to the market.

We primarily ship our products from our facilities and various third-party warehouse distribution centers in North America, including our 410,000 square foot distribution center in Tijuana, Mexico.

Customers: Customer Concentration. While we continually seek to diversify our customer base, we currently derive, and have historically derived, a substantial portion of our sales from a small number of large customers. Sales to our three largest customers in the aggregate represented 84%, 83%, and 85%, and sales to our largest customer, AutoZone, represented 38%, 38%, and 41% of our net sales during fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Any meaningful reduction in the level of sales to any of these customers, deterioration of the financial condition of any of these customers or the loss of any of these customers could have a materially adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Customer Arrangements; Impact on Working Capital. We have various length agreements with our customers. Under these agreements, which in most cases have initial terms of at least four years, we are designated as the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of our products. Because of the very competitive nature of the market and the limited number of customers for these products, our customers have sought and obtained price concessions, significant marketing allowances and more favorable delivery and payment terms in consideration for our designation as a customer’s exclusive or primary supplier. These incentives differ from contract to contract and can include: (i) the purchase of Remanufactured Core inventory on customer shelves, (ii) the issuance of a specified amount of credits against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (iii) support for a particular customer’s research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iv) discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product, and (v) store expansion or product development support. These contracts typically require that we meet ongoing performance standards. Our contracts with our customers expire at various dates through December 2024.

While these longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships, the increased demand for our products often requires that we increase our inventories and personnel. Customer demands that we purchase and maintain their agesRemanufactured Core inventory also requires the use of our working capital. The marketing and present positionsother allowances we typically grant our customers in connection with our new or expanded customer relationships adversely impact near-term revenues, profitability and associated cash flows from these arrangements. However, we believe the investment we make in these new or expanded customer relationships will improve our overall liquidity and cash flow from operations over time.

Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete with several large and medium-sized companies, including BBB Industries and Cardone Industries for hard parts, AVL, Horiba, Siemens, and FEV for diagnostic equipment and a large number of smaller regional and specialty companies. We also compete with other overseas manufacturers, particularly those located in China who are increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force in the future.

We believe that the reputations for quality, reliability, and customer service that a supplier provides are significant factors in our customers’ purchase decisions. We continuously strive to increase our competitive and technical advantages as the industry and technologies rapidly evolve. Our advanced power emulators are protected by U.S. patents that provide us a strong competitive barrier for a large segment of the market and allow us to be lower cost and more efficient.

8

Table of Contents
We believe our ability to educate also helps to distinguish us from many of our competitors. We have created an online library of video courses, aimed at supporting our customers as they seek to train the next generation of technicians. We also offer live and web-based training courses via our recently created education facility within our Torrance, California headquarters. We believe our ability to provide quality replacement automotive parts, rapid and reliable delivery capabilities as well as promotional support also distinguishes us from many of our competitors. In addition, favorable pricing, our core exchange program, and extended payment terms are also very important competitive factors in customers’ purchase decisions.

We seek to protect our proprietary processes and other information by relying on trade secret laws and non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with certain of our employees and other persons who have access to that information.

Operations

Production Process for Non-discretionary Replacement Parts. The majority of our products are remanufactured at our facilities in Mexico, Canada, and to a lesser extent in Malaysia. We continue to maintain production of certain remanufactured units that require specialized service and/or rapid turnaround in our Torrance, California facility. We also manufacture and assemble new products at our facilities in Malaysia and India. Our remanufacturing process begins with the receipt of Used Cores from our customers or core brokers. The Used Cores are evaluated for inventory control purposes and then sorted by part number. Each Used Core is completely disassembled into its fundamental components. The components are cleaned in an environmentally sound process that employs customized equipment and cleaning materials in accordance with the required specifications of the particular component. All components known to be subject to major wear and those components determined not to be reusable or repairable are replaced by new components. Non-salvageable components of the Used Core are sold as scrap.

After the cleaning process is complete, the salvageable components of the Used Core are inspected and tested as prescribed by our IATF 16949 and ISO 9001:2015 approved quality programs, which have been implemented throughout the production processes. IATF 16949 and ISO 9001:2015 are internationally recognized, world class, quality programs. Upon passage of all tests, which are monitored by designated quality control personnel, all the component parts are assembled in a work cell into a finished product. Inspection and testing are conducted at multiple stages of the remanufacturing process, and each finished product is inspected and tested on equipment designed to simulate performance under operating conditions. To maximize remanufacturing efficiency, we store component parts ready for assembly in our production facilities.

Our remanufacturing processes combine product families with similar configurations into dedicated factory work cells. This remanufacturing process, known as “lean manufacturing,” eliminated a large number of inventory moves and the need to track inventory movement through the remanufacturing process. This lean manufacturing process has been fully implemented at our existing production facilities and we expect to implement this process at our recently acquired facilities. This manufacturing enables us to significantly reduce the time it takes to produce a finished product. We continue to explore opportunities for improving efficiencies in our remanufacturing process.

Production Process for Diagnostic Equipment. Our diagnostic systems are engineered and manufactured in North America at facilities in Toronto, Canada and Binghamton, New York, U.S. Our facility in Canada is certified under ISO 9001:2015 quality management system, which mandates that we foster continuous improvement to our manufacturing processes. Materials for custom systems are purchased in a “just-in-time” environment while materials for standard systems are purchased in economic quantities. All materials and components are inspected and tested when required. Certain components require certificates of compliance or test results from our vendors prior to shipping to us. Our manufacturing process combines skilled labor from certified and licensed technicians with raw materials, manufactured components, purchased components, and purchased capital components to complete a diagnostic system. All diagnostic systems are inspected and tested per our quality control program, which has been approved by the ISO 9001:2015 quality management system.

9

Table of Contents
Our facility in New York, U.S., manufactures test systems using purchased electronic and custom components that are primarily assembled at this facility. While some circuit card assemblies are handled by outside subcontractors, most of the assemblies are manufactured in-house along with the fabrication of electronic subassemblies. Quality control and testing is completed on these subassemblies prior to their final installation into the overall equipment rack that includes mechanical, electrical and plumbing operations. Final inspection and acceptance testing are performed to predefined procedures prior to the equipment being packaged in a crate for shipment.

Used Cores. The majority of our Used Cores are obtained from customers through the core exchange program. To supplement Used Cores received from our customers we purchase Used Cores from core brokers. Although this is not a primary source of Used Cores, it is a critical source for meeting our raw material demands. Remanufacturing consumes, on average, more than one Used Core for each remanufactured unit produced since not all Used Cores are reusable. The yield rates depend upon both the product and customer specifications.

We recycle materials, including metal from the Used Cores and corrugated packaging, in keeping with our focus of positively impacting the environment.

Purchased Finished Goods. In addition to our remanufactured goods, we also purchase finished goods from various suppliers, including several located in Asia. We perform supplier qualification, product inspection and testing according to our IATF 16949 or ISO 9001:2015 certified quality systems to assure product quality levels. We also perform periodic site audits of our suppliers’ manufacturing facilities.

Employees

We employed 4,012 full-time global employees as of JulyMarch 31, 20172020. We use independent contractors and temporary employees to supplement our workforce as needed. A union represents 3,046 of the employees at our Mexico facilities. All other employees are non-union. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.

Governmental Regulation

Our operations are subject to various regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to waters, and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of waste and other materials. We believe that our businesses, operations and facilities have been and are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, many of which provide for substantial fines and criminal sanctions for violations. Potentially significant expenditures, however, could be required in order to comply with evolving environmental and health and safety laws, regulations or requirements that may be adopted or imposed in the future.

Access to Public Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available free of charge to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on our website www.motorcarparts.com. The information contained on the websites referenced in this Form 10-K is not incorporated by reference into this filing. Further, our references to website URLs are intended to be inactive textual references only.

10

Table of Contents
Item 1A.Risk Factors

While we believe the risk factors described below are all the material risks currently facing our business, additional risks we are not presently aware of or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted by these risks, and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely impacted by any of these risks. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information included in or incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.

Our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected by the effects of widespread public health crises, including the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, that are beyond our control.

The outbreak of COVID-19 in countries in which we operate, including the U.S., Mexico, Canada, Singapore, Malaysia, China, and India, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Ultimately, the duration and severity of the pandemic may vary depending on the characteristics of the virus and the public health response; therefore, the nature and extent of its impact on our business and operations may be uncertain and beyond our control. In April 2020, we experienced a softening in customer demand for our products and our sales could continue to decrease as a result of a decrease in customer demand for our products as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as a deterioration of general economic conditions, including a possible national or global recession, and we can provide no assurance that any decrease in sales will be offset by increased sales in the future. We have taken actions to reduce production volumes and implement cost reduction and cash preservation initiatives, including reductions in capital expenditures and employee layoffs and furloughs and may be required to do more so in the future, which could negatively impact our future growth and ability to take advantage of potential opportunities.

In the countries in which we operate, national, state and local governments have implemented a variety of measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the declaration of states of emergency, restricting people from gathering in groups or interacting within a certain physical distance (i.e., social distancing), restricting or limiting the operations of businesses deemed to be non-essential, and imposing travel restrictions on individuals, including restrictions requiring individuals to stay at their place of residence except to perform certain activities deemed to be essential. Although certain states have issued executive orders requiring all workers to remain at home, unless their work is critical, essential or life-sustaining, automotive repair and the related supply and distribution of parts have been classified as critical, essential or life-sustaining businesses exempted from these government shutdowns, in the United States and Canada. Therefore, the vast majority of our customers are currently open for business. In turn, all our major facilities in the United States and Canada have remained open and operating to date, with modified staffing in certain locations where appropriate. Although we have been able to continue to perform with certain modifications, we can provide no assurances that we will be able to continue to operate in the future without disruption, as a result of new or modifications to existing governmental measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our other international locations have incurred various levels of restrictions. In particular, the Mexican government implemented certain measures in March through May 2020 that resulted in a reduction in productivity, as well as the temporary closure of all of our manufacturing and distribution facilities in Tijuana, Mexico, in mid-April 2020. We have also suffered closures of manufacturing, remanufacturing, and distribution facilities in China, Malaysia, Singapore and India. As of the filing of this Report, although all of our facilities are operational, any restrictions or limitations on our ability to perform such operations in the future without disruption, such as temporary closures, as a result of governmental measures in response to the pandemic could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The COVID-19 pandemic could cause material disruption to our business and operations as a result of worker absenteeism due to illness or other factors, and the implementation of various exposure-reducing and infection prevention measures, such as cleaning and disinfecting measures, social distancing, staggered work shifts and reduced operations and production volumes. Depending on the extent and duration of these disruptions, and their effects on our operations, our costs could increase, including our costs to address the health and safety of our employees, our ability to remanufacture and distribute product to satisfy demand for our products could be adversely impacted and, as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

11

Table of Contents
Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic also adversely affects the business, operations and financial condition of our customers, suppliers and other supply chain partners as a result of the governmental measures described above, disruptions to their business and operations for reasons similar to those described above, and their ability to manage and mitigate the adverse effects of these and other risks unique to their business and operations that may arise as a result of the pandemic. Similarly, our suppliers may not have the materials, capacity, or capability to manufacture our products or components according to our schedule and specifications. If our suppliers’ operations are impacted, we may need to seek alternate suppliers, which may be more expensive, may not be available or may result in delays in shipments to us and subsequently to our customers, each of which would affect our results of operations. The duration of the disruption to our customers and to our supply chain, and related financial impact to us, cannot be estimated at this time. Should such disruption continue for an extended period of time, the impact could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on a few large customers for a majority of our business, and the loss of any of these customers, significant changes in the prices, marketing allowances or other important terms provided to any of these customers or adverse developments with respect to the financial condition of these customers could reduce our net income and operating results.

Our net sales are concentrated among a small number of large customers. Sales to our three largest customers in the aggregate represented 84%, and sales to our largest customer represented 38% of our net sales during fiscal 2020. We are under ongoing pressure from our major customers to offer lower prices, extended payment terms, increased marketing and other allowances and other terms more favorable to these customers because our sales to these customers are concentrated, and the market in which we operate is very competitive. These customer demands have put continued pressure on our operating margins and profitability, resulted in periodic contract renegotiation to provide more favorable prices and terms to these customers and significantly increased our working capital needs. In addition, this customer concentration leaves us vulnerable to any adverse change in the financial condition of these customers. Changes in terms with, significant allowances for and collections from these customers could affect our operating results and cash flows. The loss of or a significant decline in sales to any of these customers could adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Failure to compete effectively could reduce our market share and significantly harm our financial performance.

Our industry is highly competitive, and our success depends on our ability to compete with suppliers of automotive aftermarket products, some of which may have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we do. The automotive aftermarket industry is highly competitive, and our success depends on our ability to compete with domestic and international suppliers of automotive aftermarket products. Due to the diversity of our product offering, we compete with several large and medium-sized companies, including BBB Industries and Cardone Industries for hard parts, and AVL, Horiba, Siemens, and FEV for diagnostic equipment and a large number of smaller regional and specialty companies and numerous category specific competitors. In addition, we face competition from original equipment manufacturers, which, through their automotive dealerships, supply many of the same types of replacement parts we sell.

Some of our competitors may have larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to:

respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements by devoting greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of automotive aftermarket products;
engage in more extensive research and development; and
spend more money and resources on marketing and promotion.

12

Table of Contents
In addition, other overseas competitors, particularly those located in China, are increasing their operations and could become a significant competitive force in the future. Increased competition could put additional pressure on us to reduce prices or take other actions, which may have an adverse effect on our operating results. We may also lose significant customers or lines of business to competitors.

Unfavorable economic conditions may adversely affect our business.

Adverse changes in economic conditions, including inflation, recession, increased fuel prices, tariffs, and unemployment levels, availability of consumer credit, taxation or instability in the financial markets or credit markets may either lower demand for our products or increase our operational costs, or both. In addition, elections and other changes in the political landscape could have similar effects. Such conditions may also materially impact our customers, suppliers and other parties with whom we do business. Our revenue will be adversely affected if demand for our products declines. The impact of unfavorable economic conditions may also impair the ability of our customers to pay for products they have purchased. As a result, reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivables may increase and failure to collect a significant portion of amounts due on those receivables could have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our offshore remanufacturing and logistic activities expose us to increased political and economic risks and place a greater burden on management to achieve quality standards.

Our overseas operations, especially our operations in Mexico, increase our exposure to political, criminal or economic instability in the host countries and to currency fluctuations. Risks are inherent in international operations, including:

exchange controls and currency restrictions;
currency fluctuations and devaluations;
changes in local economic conditions;
repatriation restrictions (including the imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries);
global sovereign uncertainty and hyperinflation in certain foreign countries;
laws and regulations relating to export and import restrictions;
exposure to government actions;
increased required employment related costs; and
exposure to local political or social unrest including resultant acts of war, terrorism or similar events.

These and other factors may have a material adverse effect on our offshore activities and on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our overall success as a business depends substantially upon our ability to manage our foreign operations. We may not continue to succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies that are effective in each location where we do business, and failure to do so could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

13

Table of Contents
Interruptions or delays in obtaining component parts could impair our business and adversely affect our operating results.

In our remanufacturing processes, we obtain Used Cores, primarily through the core exchange program with our customers, and component parts from third-party manufacturers. We generally purchase up to 20% of our Used Cores from core brokers. Historically, the Used Core returned from customers together with purchases from core brokers have provided us with an adequate supply of Used Cores. If there was a significant disruption in the supply of Used Cores, whether as a result of increased Used Core acquisitions by existing or new competitors or otherwise, our operating activities could be materially and adversely impacted. In addition, a number of the other components used in the remanufacturing process are available from a very limited number of suppliers. We are, as follows:a result, vulnerable to any disruption in component supply, and any meaningful disruption in this supply would materially and adversely impact our operating results.

Increases in the market prices of key component raw materials could increase the cost of our products and negatively impact our profitability.

In light of the continuous pressure on pricing which we have experienced from our large customers, we may not be able to recoup the higher costs of our products due to changes in the prices of raw materials, particularly aluminum and copper. If we are unable to recover a substantial portion of our raw materials from Used Cores returned to us by our customers through the core exchange program, the prices of Used Cores that we purchase may reflect the impact of changes in the cost of raw materials. However, we are unable to determine what adverse impact, if any, sustained raw material price increases may have on our product costs or profitability.

Our financial results are affected by automotive parts failure rates that are outside of our control.

Our operating results are affected over the long term by automotive parts failure rates. These failure rates are impacted by a number of factors outside of our control, including product designs that have resulted in greater reliability, the number of miles driven by consumers, and the average age of vehicles on the road. A reduction in the failure rates of automotive parts would adversely affect our sales and profitability.

Our operating results may continue to fluctuate significantly.

We have experienced significant variations in our annual and quarterly results of operations. These fluctuations have resulted from many factors, including shifts in the demand and pricing for our products, general economic conditions, including changes in prevailing interest rates, and the introduction of new products. Our gross profit percentage fluctuates due to numerous factors, some of which are outside of our control. These factors include the timing and level of marketing allowances provided to our customers, actual sales during the relevant period, pricing strategies, the mix of products sold during a reporting period, and general market and competitive conditions. We also incur allowances, accruals, charges and other expenses that differ from period to period based on changes in our business, which causes our operating income to fluctuate.

Our lenders may not waive future defaults under our credit agreements.

Our credit agreement with our lenders contains certain financial and other covenants. If we fail to meet any of these covenants in the future, there is no assurance that our lenders will waive any such defaults. If obtained, any such waiver may impose significant costs or covenants on us.

Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect us.

We are exposed to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies of the foreign countries in which we operate. In fiscal 2020, approximately 21% of our total expenses were in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result of our extensive operations in Mexico, our primary risk relates to changes in the rates between the U.S. dollar and the Mexican peso. To mitigate this currency risk, we enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Mexican pesos. We also enter into forward foreign exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for Chinese yuan in order to mitigate risk related to our purchases and payments to our Chinese vendors. The extent to which we use forward foreign exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by changes in the exchange rates. We do not engage in currency speculation or hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. These contracts generally expire in a year or less. Any change in the fair value of foreign exchange contracts is accounted for as an increase or decrease to general and administrative expenses in current period earnings. We recorded a non-cash loss of $6,491,000 due to the change in the fair value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts in general and administrative expenses during fiscal 2020. In addition, we recorded a loss of $11,710,000 in connection with the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities during fiscal 2020.

14

Table of Contents
We may continue to make strategic acquisitions of other companies or businesses and these acquisitions introduce significant risks and uncertainties, including risks related to integrating the acquired businesses and achieving benefits from the acquisitions.

In order to position ourselves to take advantage of growth opportunities, we have made, and may continue to make, strategic acquisitions that involve significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties include:

the difficulty in integrating newly-acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner;
the challenges in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other benefits from acquisitions;
the potential loss of key employees of the acquired businesses;
the risk of diverting the attention of senior management from our operations;
risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems;
difficulties in expanding information technology systems and other business processes to accommodate the acquired businesses; and
future impairments of any goodwill of an acquired business.

We may also incur significant expenses to pursue and consummate acquisitions. Any of the foregoing, or a combination of them, could cause us to incur additional expenses and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

Our reliance on foreign suppliers for some of the automotive parts we sell to our customers or included in our products presents risks to our business.

A significant portion of automotive parts and components we use in our remanufacturing process are imported from suppliers located outside the U.S., including various countries in Asia. As a result, we are subject to various risks of doing business in foreign markets and importing products from abroad, such as:

significant delays in the delivery of cargo due to port security considerations;
imposition of duties, taxes, tariffs or other charges on imports;
imposition of new legislation relating to import quotas or other restrictions that may limit the quantity of our product that may be imported into the U.S. from countries or regions where we do business;
financial or political instability in any of the countries in which our product is manufactured;
potential recalls or cancellations of orders for any product that does not meet our quality standards;
disruption of imports by labor disputes or strikes and local business practices;
political or military conflict involving the U.S., which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products and an increase in transportation costs;
heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods;
natural disasters, disease epidemics and health related concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;
inability of our non-U.S. suppliers to obtain adequate credit or access liquidity to finance their operations; and
our ability to enforce any agreements with our foreign suppliers.

Any of the foregoing factors, or a combination of them, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

15

Table of Contents
In addition, because we depend on independent third parties to manufacture a significant portion of our wheel hub, brake calipers, brake master cylinders, and other purchased finished goods, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with such manufacturers, such as reductions in the availability of production capacity, errors in complying with merchandise specifications, insufficient quality controls and failure to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs.

An increase in the cost or a disruption in the flow of our imported products may significantly decrease our sales and profits.

Merchandise manufactured offshore represents a significant portion of our total product purchases. A disruption in the shipping or cost of such merchandise may significantly decrease our sales and profits. In addition, if imported merchandise becomes more expensive or unavailable, the transition to alternative sources may not occur in time to meet our demands. Merchandise from alternative sources may also be of lesser quality and more expensive than those we currently import. Risks associated with our reliance on imported merchandise include disruptions in the shipping and importation or increase in the costs of imported products. For example, common risks may be:

raw material shortages;
work stoppages;
strikes and political unrest;
problems with oceanic shipping, including shipping container shortages;
increased customs inspections of import shipments or other factors causing delays in shipments;
economic crises;
international disputes and wars;
loss of “most favored nation” trading status by the U. S. in relations to a particular foreign country;
import duties;
import quotas and other trade sanctions; and
increases in shipping rates.

Products manufactured overseas and imported into the U.S. and other countries are subject to import restrictions and duties, which could delay their delivery or increase their cost. Following an audit in fiscal 2019, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection stated that it believed that we owed additional duties of approximately $17 million from 2011 through mid-2018 relating to products that we imported from Mexico. We do not believe that this amount is correct and believe that we have numerous defenses and intend to dispute this amount vigorously. We cannot assure you that the U.S. Customs and Border Protection will agree or that we will not need to accrue or pay additional amounts in the future.

Changes in trade policy and other factors beyond our control could materially adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our inventory is manufactured in and distributed from Mexico. In November 2018, the U.S., Mexico and Canada signed the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (the “USMCA”), which is designed to overhaul and update the North American Free Trade Agreement. The USMCA has been be ratified by the respective legislatures of each of the three countries. Congress approved the USMCA in the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement Implementation Act in January 2020 (the “Act”), and the President signed the Act into law. The U.S. Trade Representative has notified Congress it plans to bring the agreement into force on July 1, 2020. While USMCA has been enacted, there are still steps that must be taken by the parties to complete the “entry into force” process.

16

Table of Contents
Possible new tariffs that might be imposed by the United States government could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

The U.S. government has placed tariffs on certain goods imported from China and may impose new tariffs on goods imported from China and other countries, including products that we import. In retaliation, China has responded by imposing tariffs on a wide range of products imported from the U.S. and by adjusting the value of its currency. If renegotiations of existing tariffs are unsuccessful or additional tariffs or trade restrictions are implemented by the U.S. or other countries in connection with a global trade war, the resulting escalation of trade tensions could have a material adverse effect on world trade and the global economy. Even in the absence of further tariffs or trade restrictions, the related uncertainty and the market's fear of an economic slowdown could lead to a decrease in consumer spending and we may experience lower net sales than expected. Reduced net sales may result in reduced operating cash flows if we are not able to appropriately manage inventory levels or leverage expenses.

If our technology and telecommunications systems were to fail, or we were not able to successfully anticipate, invest in or adopt technological advances in our industry, it could have an adverse effect on our operations.

We rely on computer and telecommunications systems to communicate with our customers and vendors and manage our business. The temporary or permanent loss of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, through casualty, operating malfunction, software virus or service provider failure, could disrupt our operations. In addition, our future growth may require additional investment in our systems to keep up with technological advances in our industry. If we are not able to invest in or adopt changes to our systems, or such upgrades take longer or cost more than anticipated, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

Cyber-attacks or other breaches of information technology security could adversely impact our business and operations.

Cyber-attacks or other breaches of network or information technology security may cause equipment failure or disruption to our operations. Such attacks, which include the use of malware, computer viruses and other means for disruption or unauthorized access, on companies have increased in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years. While, to the best of our knowledge, we have not been subject to cyber-attacks or to other cyber incidents which, individually or in the aggregate, have been material to our operations or financial conditions, the preventive actions we take to reduce the risk of cyber incidents and protect our information technology and networks may be insufficient to repel a major cyber-attack in the future. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss or damage to our data or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, it could cause significant damage to our reputation, affect our relationship with our customers, suppliers and employees, and lead to claims against us and ultimately harm our business. Additionally, we may be required to incur significant costs to protect against damage caused by these disruptions or security breaches in the future. While we maintain specific cyber insurance coverage, which may apply in the event of various breach scenarios, the amount of coverage may not be adequate in any particular case. Furthermore, because cyber threat scenarios are inherently difficult to predict and can take many forms, some breaches may not be covered under our cyber insurance coverage.

Regulations related to conflict minerals could adversely impact our business.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) contains provisions to improve transparency and accountability concerning the supply of certain minerals, known as “conflict minerals”, originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo (“DRC”) and adjoining countries. These rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply, and pricing of materials used in our products, as the number of suppliers who provide conflict-free minerals may be limited. We may also suffer reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict-free or if we are unable to modify our products to avoid the use of such materials. We may also face challenges in satisfying customers who may require that our products be certified as containing conflict-free minerals.

The products we manufacture or contract to manufacture contain small quantities of Tin and Gold. We manufacture or contract to manufacture one product with small quantities of Tantalum. For the reporting year ending December 31, 2019, 100% of applicable suppliers responded to our request for information on sourcing of their “conflict minerals.” This inquiry yielded 195 smelters, refiners, or metal processing facilities for these minerals that are, or could be, in our supply chain. Of these, 97% were validated as conflict-free, per publicly available information on the Conflict Free Sourcing Initiative website. For the majority of the remaining entities reported to us, there is insufficient data for the industry to determine the source of materials for their smelters.

17

Table of Contents
Our strategy for managing risks associated with conflict minerals in products includes continuing to encourage our suppliers to engage in conflict-free sourcing and obtaining data from our suppliers that is more applicable to the products we purchase. We continue to monitor progress on industry efforts to ascertain whether some facilities that suppliers identified are actually smelters. We do not believe conflict minerals pose risk to our operations. We are a member of the Automobile Industry Action Group (AIAG) and support their efforts in the conflict minerals area.

Natural disasters or other disruptions in our business in California and Baja California, Mexico could increase our operating expenses or cause us to lose revenues.

A substantial portion of our operations are located in California and Baja California, Mexico, including our headquarters, remanufacturing and warehouse facilities. Any natural disaster, such as an earthquake, or other damage to our facilities from weather, fire or other events could cause us to lose inventory, delay delivery of orders to customers, incur additional repair-related expenses, disrupt our operations or otherwise harm our business. These events could also disrupt our information systems, which would harm our ability to manage our operations worldwide and compile and report financial information. As a result, we could incur additional expenses or liabilities or lose revenues, which could exceed any insurance coverage and would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Weakness in conditions in the global credit markets and macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Any weakness in the credit markets could result in significant constraints on liquidity and availability of borrowing terms from lenders and accounts payable terms with vendors. Modest economic growth in most major industrial countries in the world and uncertain prospects for continued growth threaten to cause tightening of the credit markets, more stringent lending standards and terms, and higher interest rates. The persistence of these conditions could have a material adverse effect on our borrowings and the availability, terms and cost of such borrowings. In addition, deterioration in the U.S. economy could materially and adversely impact our operating results.

Our stock price may be volatile and could decline substantially.

Our stock price may decline substantially as a result of developments in our business, the volatile nature of the stock market, and other factors beyond our control. Our stock price and the stock market generally has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Many factors may cause the market price for our common stock to decline, including: (i) our operating results failing to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors in any period, (ii) downward revisions in securities analysts’ estimates, (iii) market perceptions concerning our future earnings prospects, (iv) public or private sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock, (v) adverse changes in general market conditions or economic trends, and (vi) market shocks generally or in our industry, such as what has recently occurred in connection with COVID-19.

Our past material weakness, and any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, may affect our ability to accurately report our financial results and could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we must maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, which requires significant resources and management oversight. Effective internal and disclosure controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our ongoing monitoring of internal controls, we determined that we had a material weakness in our internal controls as of March 31, 2019 and developed a plan to remediate such weakness, which we completed as of this filing. We cannot assure you that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in the future or that other material weakness will not be discovered in the future. Any failure to maintain effective controls or timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could harm operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, which could affect our ability to remain listed with the NASDAQ Global Select Market or subject us to adverse regulatory consequences. Ineffective internal and disclosure controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

18

Table of Contents
Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

NameItem 2.Properties

The following sets forth the location, type of facility, square footage and ownership interest in each of our material facilities.

Location AgeType of Facility Position with the Company
Approx.
Square
Feet
Leased
or
Owned
Expiration
     
Selwyn Joffe59Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer
    
Scott J. AdelsonTorrance, CA 56Remanufacturing, Warehouse, Administrative, and Office           231,000 Lead Independent DirectorLeasedMarch 2022
Tijuana, MexicoRemanufacturing, Warehouse, and Office            312,000LeasedAugust 2033
Tijuana, MexicoDistribution Center and Office            
Rudolph J. Borneo410,000 76Leased Director, Chairman of the Compensation Committee and member of the Audit and Nominating and Corporate Governance CommitteesDecember 2032
Tijuana, MexicoRemanufacturing            199,000LeasedDecember 2032
Tijuana, MexicoCore Induction and Warehouse            
Dr. David Bryan173,000 65Leased Director, member of the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance CommitteesDecember 2032
Tijuana, MexicoWarehouse              72,000LeasedJuly 2021
Ontario, CanadaRemanufacturing, Warehouse, and Office            
Joseph Ferguson157,000 50Leased Director, member of the Audit CommitteeMay 2023
Ontario, CanadaManufacturing, Warehouse, and Office              35,000LeasedDecember 2022
Singapore & MalaysiaRemanufacturing, Warehouse, and Office              
Philip Gay90,000 59Leased Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee, and member of the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance CommitteesVarious through December 2022
Shanghai, ChinaWarehouse and Office              27,000 
Duane MillerLeased 70March 2021

We believe the above mentioned facilities are sufficient to satisfy our current and foreseeable operations.

Item 3.Director, Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and member of the Audit and Compensation Committees
Jeffrey Mirvis53Director, member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees
Timothy D. Vargo66Director
Barbara L. Whittaker66DirectorLegal Proceedings

Selwyn Joffe has been our ChairmanWe are subject to various lawsuits and claims in the normal course of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer since February 2003. He has been a director of our Company since 1994 and Chairman since November 1999. From 1995 until his election to his present positions, he served as a consultant to us. Prior to February 2003, Mr. Joffe was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Protea Group, Inc. a company specializing in consulting and acquisition services. From September 2000 to December 2001, Mr. Joffe served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Netlock Technologies, a company that specializes in securing network communications. In 1997, Mr. Joffe co-founded Palace Entertainment, Inc., a roll-up of amusement parks and served as its President and Chief Operating Officer until August 2000. Prior to the founding of Palace Entertainment, Inc., Mr. Joffe was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Wolfgang Puck Food Company from 1989 to 1996. He currently serves on the board of directors of the Motor and Equipment Remanufacturers Association, an industry trade association.business. In addition, Mr. Joffe serves ongovernment agencies and self-regulatory organizations have the boardability to conduct periodic examinations of directorsand administrative proceedings regarding our business. Following an audit in fiscal 2019, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection stated that it believed that we owed additional duties of approximately $17 million from 2011 through mid-2018 relating to products that we imported from Mexico. We do not believe that this amount is correct and believe that we have numerous defenses and intend to dispute this amount vigorously. We cannot assure you that the California, ArizonaU.S. Customs and Nevada Automotive Wholesaler’s Association (CAWA), also an industry trade association. Mr. Joffe is a graduate of Emory University with degreesBorder Protection will agree or that we will not need to accrue or pay additional amounts in both Business and Law and is a member of the bar of the State of Georgia as well as a Certified Public Accountant. As our most senior executive, Mr. Joffe provides the Board of Directors with insight into our business operations, management and strategic opportunities. His history with our Company and industry experience led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in our Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on March 24, 2017 (the “Proxy Statement”) that they vote for Mr. Joffe as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on March 24, 2017 (the “Annual Meeting”) and our shareholders elected Mr. Joffe to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.future.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

419

Scott J. Adelson joined our Board of Directors on January 4, 2008. Mr. Adelson is also a director and member of the compensation committee of QAD Inc., a public software company, since April 2006. Mr. Adelson is a Senior Managing Director, Co-President and Global Co-head of Corporate Finance for Houlihan Lokey, a leading international investment bank. During his 27 plus years with the firm, Mr. Adelson has helped advise hundreds of companies on a diverse and in-depth variety of corporate finance issues, including mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Adelson has written extensively on a number of corporate finance and securities valuation subjects. He is an active member of Board of Directors of various privately-held middle-market businesses including Pacific Island Restaurants, as well as several recognized non-profit organizations, such as the USC Entrepreneur Program. Mr. Adelson holds a bachelor degree from the University of Southern California and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Chicago, Graduate School of Business. Mr. Adelson’s broad business skills and experience, leadership expertise, knowledge of complex global business and financial matters led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote for Mr. Adelson as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Adelson to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.
PART II

Rudolph J. Borneo joined our Board of Directors on November 30, 2004. Mr. Borneo retired from R.H. Macy’s, Inc. on March 31, 2009. At the time of his retirement, his position was Vice Chairman and Director of Stores of Macy’s West, a division of R.H. Macy’s, Inc. Mr. Borneo served as President of Macy’s California from 1989 to 1992 and President of R.H. Macy’s West from 1992 until his appointment as Vice Chairman and Director of Stores in February 1995. In addition, Mr. Borneo is currently Board Chairman of Smoke Eaters Hot Wings Inc., a privately-held company. He earned a Bachelor of Science degree in business administration from Monmouth University. Mr. Borneo is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee and a member of our Audit and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr. Borneo’s extensive experience in management of employees, organizational management, general business and retail knowledge and financial literacy led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote in favor of Mr. Borneo as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Borneo to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Dr. David Bryan joined our Board of Directors on June 9, 2016. Dr. Bryan is also a member of our Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Dr. Bryan currently teaches at University of California at Santa Cruz. He also provides consulting expertise to multiple Santa Cruz independent and charter schools, and is involved with companies developing effective tools for online education. Dr. Bryan was founding Head of New Roads School from 1995 to 2013. Dr. Bryan received a B.A. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook, an M.S. from the University of California at Los Angeles and a J.D. and Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Buffalo. Dr. Bryan’s extensive experience in the education industry led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote in favor of Dr. Bryan as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Dr. Bryan to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Joseph Ferguson joined our Board of Directors on June 9, 2016. Mr. Ferguson is also a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Ferguson is a Co-Founder and Managing Partner at Vicente Capital Partners, a Los Angeles-based investment firm providing capital to privately held growth companies across North America. Prior to co-founding Vicente in 2009, Mr. Ferguson was a partner at Kline Hawkes & Company, which he joined at the firm’s inception in 1995. Mr. Ferguson began his career as an investment banker for Merrill Lynch & Co where he was a member of the Energy and Natural Resources Group and the General Corporate Finance Group. From 1989 to 1994, he worked on over 30 public and private transactions for numerous emerging growth and middle market companies. Mr. Ferguson received a B.B.A in Finance from Southern Methodist University and an M.B.A from the UCLA Anderson School of Management. Mr. Ferguson’s business skills and experience, leadership expertise, knowledge of complex global business and financial matters led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote in favor of Mr. Ferguson as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Ferguson to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Philip Gay joined our Board of Directors on November 30, 2004. He chairs our Audit Committees and is a member of our Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr. Gay currently serves as Managing Director of Triple Enterprises, a business advisory service firm that assists mid-cap sized companies with financing, mergers and acquisitions and strategic financing, which he had previously managed from March 2000 until June 2004. From March 2015 to May 2015 Mr. Gay served as a director and chief executive officer at Diego Pellicer Worldwide Inc. From July 2006 until June 2010, Mr. Gay served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Grill Concepts, Inc., a company that operates a chain of upscale casual restaurants throughout the United States. From March 2000 to November 2001, Mr. Gay served as an independent consultant with El Paso Energy from time to time and assisted El Paso Energy with its efforts to reduce overall operating and manufacturing overhead costs. Previously he has served as chief financial officer for California Pizza Kitchen (1987 to 1994) and Wolfgang Puck Food Company (1994 to 1996), and he has held various Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer positions at Color Me Mine and Diversified Food Group from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Gay is also a retired Certified Public Accountant, a former audit manager at Laventhol and Horwath and a graduate of the London School of Economics. Mr. Gay’s leadership experience, general business knowledge, financial literacy and expertise, accounting skills and competency and overall financial acumen led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote for Mr. Gay as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Gay to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.
5

Duane Miller joined our Board of Directors on June 5, 2008. Mr. Miller is currently employed by the Flint & Genesee County Regional Chamber of Commerce as Executive Vice President. Prior to joining the Flint & Genesee County Regional Chamber of Commerce, he was employed by the City of Flint, Michigan, as the Director of Government Operations, from February 2009 to August 2009. Mr. Miller retired from General Motors Corporation in April 2008 after 37 years of service. At the time of his retirement, Mr. Miller served as executive director, GM Service and Parts Operations (“SPO”) Field Operations where he was responsible for all SPO field activities, running GM Parts (OE), AC Delco (after-market) and GM Accessories business channels, as well as SPO’s Global Independent Aftermarket. Mr. Miller served on the Board of Directors of OEConnection, an automotive ecommerce organization focused on applying technology to provide supply chain solutions and analysis. He currently serves on the Boards of Directors of McLaren Regional Medical Center in Flint, Michigan and Prima Civitas Foundation, headquartered in Lansing, Michigan. His experience also includes serving on the Boards of Directors of the Urban League of Flint, Michigan, the Boys and Girls Club of Flint, Michigan and the Flint/Genesee County Convention and Visitor’s Bureau. Mr. Miller earned a Bachelor of Science degree in marketing from Western Michigan University, and attended the Executive Development Program at the University of California Berkeley, Haas School of Business. Mr. Miller is the chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a member of our Audit and Compensation Committees. Mr. Miller’s significant experience with the automotive parts industry, combined with his organizational, management and business understanding, led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote for Mr. Miller as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Miller to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Jeffrey Mirvis joined our Board of Directors on February 3, 2009. Mr. Mirvis is currently the Chief Executive Officer of MGT Industries, Inc. (“MGT”), a privately-held apparel company based in Los Angeles. As Chief Executive Officer of MGT, Mr. Mirvis successfully moved all production and sourcing to Asia. During his sixteen-year tenure as chief executive, Mr. Mirvis has gained valuable knowledge of manufacturing in Asia. Prior to joining MGT in 1990, Mr. Mirvis served as a commercial loan officer at Union Bank of California following his completion of the Union Bank of California’s Commercial Lending Program. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of California at Santa Barbara. He has been a board member of Wildwood School in Los Angeles and the Jewish Federation in Los Angeles. Mr. Mirvis is a member of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. Mr. Mirvis’ international business experience, operational and production expertise, leadership experience and organizational management led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote for Mr. Mirvis as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Mirvis to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Timothy D. Vargo serves as Chief Executive Officer and President of Kele, Inc., a company that supplies building automation equipment, and serves as a director of Kele Holdco Inc. Prior to joining Kele, he held a variety of senior executive and board positions at AutoZone, TruckPro and Auto Teile-Unger. Mr. Vargo served as the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Restructuring Officer of TruckPro from 2008 to 2010 and served on the board of TruckPro from 2004 to 2010. He was a board member of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.-owned Auto Teile-Unger from 2003 to 2008. He served as President of AutoZone, Inc. from March 1997 to May 2001, served as its Chief Operating Officer from December 1996 to May 2000 and served on its board of directors from 1997 to 2001. He was appointed as a director of the Company by the Board of Directors in February 2017. Mr. Vargo’s automotive experience, leadership experience and organizational management have led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote in favor of Mr. Vargo as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Mr. Vargo to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.
6

Barbara L. Whittaker is a business strategist and procurement and supply chain expert with extensive experience in the automotive industry, with both original equipment manufacturers and suppliers, and in the aftermarket. In 2010 Mrs. Whittaker founded BW Limited llc, which provides companies business and procurement strategies that lead to improved performance. Previously, Ms. Whittaker worked for the General Motors Corporation and Delphi Automotive in leadership positions of increasing responsibility. Prior to her retirement from General Motors, Ms. Whittaker’s position was Executive Director of Global Purchasing. Mrs. Whittaker previously served in Chevrolet’s Division of General Motors Corporation in Production Control and Scheduling, with an emphasis on Supply Chain. Mrs. Whittaker holds a Bachelor of Industrial Administration degree from General Motors Institute (now Kettering University), MBA degree from Wayne State University, and has also completed the Advanced Management Program at INSEAD in France, and the Executive Development program at University of Michigan. In addition to this formal education, she holds Six Sigma Green Belt certification and is well versed in lean production systems (including General Motors’ Global Manufacturing System). She has also held board of directors positions for Detroit Manufacturing Systems, ChannelNet and Piston Group, each of which is privately held. She was appointed as a director of the Company by the Board of Directors in February 2017. Mrs. Whittaker’s automotive experience, supply chain expertise, leadership experience and organizational management have led the Board of Directors to recommend to our shareholders in the Proxy Statement that they vote in favor of Ms. Whittaker as a director of our Company at the Annual Meeting and our shareholders elected Ms. Whittaker to serve as a director at the Annual Meeting.

Our directors will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified.

Corporate Governance, Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors

Board Independence. Each of Scott Adelson, Rudolf J. Borneo, Dr. David Bryan, Joseph Ferguson, Philip Gay, Duane Miller, Jeffrey Mirvis, Timothy D. Vargo, and Barbara J. Whittaker are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the NASDAQ listing standards, and all of our committee members are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and NASDAQ listing standards.

Board Leadership Structure. The Board of Directors does not have a policy regarding the separation of the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board as the Board of Directors believes it is in the best interests of our Company to make that determination based on the position and direction of our Company and the membership of the Board of Directors. The roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are currently held by the same person, Selwyn Joffe. The Board of Directors believes that Mr. Joffe’s service as both Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer is in the best interest of our Company and its stockholders. Mr. Joffe possesses detailed and in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing our Company and its business and is in the best position to develop agendas that ensure that our Board of Directors’ time and attention are focused on the most critical matters. We believe that our Company has been well served by this model because the combined role of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer has ensured that our directors and senior management act with a common purpose and in the best interest of our Company. This model enhances our ability to communicate clearly and consistently with our stockholders, employees, customers and suppliers.

Lead Independent Director. Our board has appointed Scott J. Adelson as our Lead Independent Director to preside at executive sessions of independent directors.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight. Our Board of Directors as a whole has responsibility for risk oversight with certain categories of risk being reviewed by particular committees of the Board of Directors, which report to the full Board of Directors as needed. The Audit Committee reviews the financial risks, including internal control, audit, financial reporting and disclosure matters, by discussing these risks with management and our internal and external auditors. The Compensation Committee reviews risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews risks related to our governance structure and processes and risks arising from related person transactions. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire Board of Directors is regularly informed about such risks.

Attendance of Board and Committees. Our Board of Directors met 11 times during Fiscal 2017. Except for Scott Adelson who attended 7 of 11 meetings of the Board of Directors, each of our then directors attended 75% or more of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors and committees thereof during Fiscal 2017. Our last annual meeting of shareholders was held on March 24, 2017. All of our then directors attended our last annual meeting of shareholders, except for Scott Adelson. Each director is encouraged to attend each meeting of the Board of Directors and the annual meeting of our shareholders.
7

Audit Committee.  The current members of our Audit Committee are Philip Gay, Rudolph Borneo, Joseph Ferguson, Duane Miller, and Jeffrey Mirvis, with Mr. Gay serving as chairman. Mr. Ferguson joined our Audit Committee on June 9, 2016. Our Board of Directors has determined that all of the Audit Committee members are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and NASDAQ listing standards. Our Board of Directors has also determined that Mr. Gay is a financial expert within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules. The Audit Committee oversees our auditing procedures, receives and accepts the reports of our independent registered public accountants, oversees our internal systems of accounting and management controls and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning the appointment of our auditors. The Audit Committee met five times in Fiscal 2017.

Compensation Committee.  The current members of our Compensation Committee are Rudolph Borneo, Dr. David Bryan, Philip Gay, Duane Miller, and Jeffrey Mirvis, with Mr. Borneo serving as chairman. Dr. Bryan joined our Compensation Committee on June 9, 2016. The Compensation Committee is responsible for developing our executive compensation policies. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer and other senior officers and making determinations concerning the salary, bonuses and equity awards to be awarded to these officers. No member of the Compensation Committee has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with the executive officers or directors of another entity. For further discussion of our Compensation Committee, see “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” The Compensation Committee met two times in Fiscal 2017.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The current members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Rudolph J. Borneo, Philip Gay, Jeffrey Mirvis, David Bryan and Duane Miller with Mr. Miller serving as Chairman. Each of the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent within the meaning of applicable SEC rules. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for nominating candidates to our Board of Directors. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee met one time in Fiscal 2017.

In evaluating potential director nominees, including those identified by shareholders, for recommendation to our Board of Directors, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee seeks individuals with talent, ability and experience from a wide variety of backgrounds to provide a diverse spectrum of experience and expertise relevant to a diversified business enterprise such as ours. Our Company does not maintain a separate policy regarding the diversity of its board members. However, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers individuals with diverse and varied professional and other experiences for membership. A candidate should represent the interests of all shareholders, and not those of a special interest group, have a reputation for integrity and be willing to make a significant commitment to fulfilling the duties of a director. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will screen and evaluate all recommended director nominees based on the criteria set forth above, as well as other relevant considerations. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will retain full discretion in considering its nomination recommendations to our Board of Directors.
8

Information about our non-director executive officers and significant employees

Our executive officers (other than executive officers who are also members of our Board of Directors) and significant employees, their ages and present positions with our Company, are as follows:

NameItem 5.AgePosition with the Company
Steve Kratz62Chief Operating Officer
David Lee47Chief Financial Officer
Doug Schooner48Chief Manufacturing Officer
Michael Umansky76Vice President, SecretaryMarket for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and General CounselIssuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. A brief description of the business experience of each of our executive officers other than executive officers who are also members of our Board of Directors and significant employees is set forth below.

Steve Kratz served as our Chief Operating Officer from May 2007 until his appointment to the newly created position of Vice President, New Technologies in May 2017. Mr. Kratz in his new role will be overseeing innovation and development of new technologies related to our business. Mr. Kratz served as our Vice President-QA/Engineering from 2001 to 2007. Mr. Kratz joined us in April 1988. Before joining us, Mr. Kratz was the General Manager of GKN Products Company, a division of Beck/Arnley-Worldparts.

David Lee has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Lee served as our Vice President of Finance and Strategic Planning since January 2006, focusing primarily on financial management and strategic planning. Mr. Lee joined us in February 2005 as a Director of Finance and Strategic Planning. His primary responsibilities as Chief Financial Officer are treasury, budgeting and financial management. From August 2002 until he joined us in 2005, he served as corporate controller of Palace Entertainment, Inc., an amusement and water park organization. Prior to this, Mr. Lee held various corporate controller and finance positions for several domestic companies and served in the audit department of Deloitte LLP (formerly known as Deloitte & Touche LLP). Mr. Lee is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Lee earned his Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from the University of California, San Diego, and a Masters in Business Administration degree from the UCLA Anderson School of Management.

Douglas Schooner has been our Chief Manufacturing Officer since June 2014. Beginning in May 2017, Mr. Schooner will also serve as our Senior Vice President, Operations for the under-the-car product lines. Mr. Schooner joined us in 1993 and became the Vice President, Global Manufacturing Operations in January 2001 until his promotion in June 2014. Mr. Schooner has held the positions of Engineer, Production Manager, Assistant Vice President, Production and Vice President, Manufacturing prior to assuming his current position with our company. As Chief Manufacturing Officer, Mr. Schooner is responsible for all manufacturing, materials and logistic operations for our facilities. Mr. Schooner has a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from the California State University, Long Beach.

Michael Umansky has been our Vice President and General Counsel since January 2004 and is responsible for all legal matters. His responsibilities also include the oversight of Human Resources. His additional appointment as Secretary became effective September 1, 2005. Mr. Umansky was a partner of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, and the founding and managing partner of its Los Angeles office from 1975 until 1997 and was Of Counsel to that firm from 1998 to July 2001. Immediately prior to joining our Company, Mr. Umansky was in the private practice of law, and during 2002 and 2003, he provided legal services to us. From February 2000 until March 2001, Mr. Umansky was Vice President, Administration and Legal, of Hiho Technologies, Inc., a venture capital financed producer of workforce management software. Mr. Umansky is admitted to practice law in California and New York and is a graduate of The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and Harvard Law School.
9

There are no family relationships among our directors or named executive officers. There are no material proceedings to which any of our directors or executive officers or any of their associates, is a party adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries, or has a material interest adverse to us or any of our subsidiaries. To our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has been convicted in a criminal proceeding during the last ten years (excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors), and none of our directors or executive officers was a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the last ten years (except for any matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement) that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws. To our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers are subject to any petition under federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law was filed by or against, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer was appointed by a court for the business or property of such person, or any partnership in which he was a general partner at or within two years before the time of such filing, or any corporation or business association of which he was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing, with the following exception: to the extent that such persons are involved in bankruptcy proceedings related to the Company’s subsidiary.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than ten percent of our common stock to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock and other equity securities. Based solely on our review of copies of such forms received by us, or written representations from reporting persons that no such forms were required for those persons, we believe that our insiders complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements during Fiscal 2017, with the following exceptions: on October 31, 2016, Messrs. David Bryan, Duane Miller, Joseph Ferguson, Jeffrey Mirvis, Rudolph Borneo and Philip Gay filed Form 4’s that were due on October 12, 2016.

Code of Ethics

Our Board of Directors formally adopted new Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on January 15, 2015, which applies to all our officers, directors and employees. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is filed with the SEC and a copy is posted on our website at www.motorcarparts.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of the code, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our website within four business days following the date of such amendment or waivers. We will provide a copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to any person without charge, upon request addressed to the Corporate Secretary at Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., 2929 California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes our executive compensation program for our named executive officers for Fiscal 2017, who were:

·Selwyn Joffe, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
·David Lee, Chief Financial Officer
·Michael Umansky, Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel
·Doug Schooner, Chief Manufacturing Officer
·Steve Kratz, Chief Operating Officer

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for Fiscal 2017 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures set forth below. This discussion contains certain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from currently planned programs as summarized in this discussion.
10

Executive Compensation Summary.

The retention of experienced, highly-capable and dedicated executives is crucial to the long-term success of our Company. To achieve the goal of recruiting, retaining and motivating our executives, our Compensation Committee has developed an overall executive compensation program that rewards these employees for their contributions to our Company.

The primary objectives of our practices with respect to executive compensation are to:

·Provide appropriate incentives to our executive officers to implement our strategic business objectives and achieve the desired Company performance;
·Reward our executive officers for their contribution to our success in building long-term shareholder value; and
·Provide compensation that will attract and retain superior talent and reward performance.
Compensation Components and Key Elements.

With our compensation objectives in mind, as further described below, our executive officer compensation program consists of five primary elements:

Base Salary. Base salary is the “fixed” component of our executive compensation intended to meet the objective of attracting and retaining the executive officers of superior talent that are necessary to manage and lead our Company.

Annual Cash-Based Incentive Program. We use a cash-based incentive plan to motivate the achievement of key pre-determined financial and individual performance goals.

Longer-term, Equity-Based Incentive Plan. Equity awards are a part of our overall executive compensation program to align the interests of our executives with those of shareholders while rewarding individual performance and ensuring we offer competitive compensation levels.

Deferred Compensation Benefits. We offer participation in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to selected executive officers which provides unfunded, non-tax qualified deferred compensation benefits. We believe this program helps promote the retention of our senior executives. Participants may elect to contribute a portion of their cash compensation to the plan.  In addition, for Fiscal 2017 we made matching contributions of 100% of each participant’s elective contributions to the plan up to 3% of the participant’s cash compensation for the year.

Other Benefits. We provide to our executive officers medical benefits that are generally available to our other employees. Executives are also eligible to participate in our other broad-based employee benefit plans, such as our long and short-term disability, life insurance and 401(k) plan. Historically, the value of executive perquisites has not been a significant component of our executive compensation program.

We believe that a significant portion of executive officer compensation should be at-risk and dependent upon the achievement of measureable and objective performance metrics. Approximately 68% of the Chief Executive Officer’s total direct Fiscal 2017 compensation was tied to the achievement of Company and individual performance goals or is subject to the future stock price, aligning interests going forward.
11

We have adopted various policies and practices that we believe are in shareholders’ interests, including:
What We DoWhat We Don’t Do
Align pay with performanceNo “single-trigger” equity acceleration in connection with a change in control
Formulaic cash-based incentive program, with 70% of total bonus opportunity tied to objective financial performance goalsDo not provide above-market interest rates on deferred compensation
Maintain rigorous stock ownership requirements: 3x base salary (CEO), 2x base salary (other named executive officers) and 3x annual cash retainer for non-employee directorsDo not re-price or exchange stock options without stockholder approval
Maintain a clawback policyDo not allow directors or officers to hedge or pledge our equity securities
Annual say-on-pay vote
Independent compensation consultant

Fiscal 2016 Say-on-Pay Vote.

At our 2017 Annual Meeting, approximately 84% of votes cast were voted in favor of our Say-on-Pay vote, which we believe affirms our stockholders’ support of our approach to our executive compensation program, as well as the modifications we made to our executive compensation program following the result of our 2016 Say-on-Pay proposal, including:

·Adopted a clawback policy
·Adopted an executive and director stock ownership policy
·Adopted an anti-hedging and anti-pledging policy
·Hired an executive compensation consultant to do a complete review of compensation practices, which it expects to implement for Fiscal 2017 compensation

The Company has engaged with more than two-thirds of its largest shareholders that are actively managed during Fiscal 2017, on topics that include executive compensation.

Determination of Compensation Decisions.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing, developing and maintaining our executive compensation program. The role of the Compensation Committee is to oversee our compensation and benefits plans and policies, administer our equity incentive plans and review and approve all compensation decisions relating to all executive officers and directors. In order for the Compensation Committee to perform its function, the following process for determining executive compensation decisions has been followed.

Engagement of Compensation Committee Consultant.

The Compensation Committee previously retained Willis Towers Watson (“Towers”) in August 2015 as its outside compensation consultant to conduct a compensation review for the top eighteen executive positions at the Company (the “Fiscal 2016 Review”) and again retained Towers during Fiscal 2017 (the “Fiscal 2017 Review”) for a further review in light of the results of our advisory vote on compensation at our 2016 Annual Meeting. Towers does not perform any other consulting work or any other services for our Company, reports directly to the Compensation Committee, and takes direction from the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has assessed the independence of Towers pursuant to the rules prescribed by the SEC and has concluded that no conflict of interest existed in Fiscal 2016, Fiscal 2017 or currently exists that would prevent Towers from serving as an independent consultant to the Compensation Committee.

The Compensation Committee considered analysis and advice from Towers contained in the Fiscal 2016 Review when making compensation decisions for the Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives with regards to Fiscal 2017 compensation.
12

Peer Group. While the Compensation Committee does not itself undertake a formalized benchmarking process, it did review the assessment provided by Towers detailing the competitiveness of our executive compensation relative to that of a peer group Towers established when making its executive compensation decisions. Towers used the following peer companies in reviewing our compensation levels for purposes of the Fiscal 2016 Review: Dorman Products Inc., Drew Industries Inc., Fuel Systems Solutions, Inc., Gentex Corp., Modine Manufacturing Co., Remy International, Inc., Shiloh Industries Inc., Spartan Motors Inc., Standard Motor Products Inc., Stoneridge Inc., Strattec Security Corp., Gentherm, Inc. and Superior Industries International Inc. We understand that Towers selected these companies because of their close similarity to the Company in terms of industry, revenue and market capitalization. The Compensation Committee believed that this peer group was an appropriate basis for assessing the competitiveness of our executive compensation program for Fiscal 2017.

Fiscal 2016 Review. In reaching its executive compensation decisions for Fiscal 2017, the Committee considered analysis and advice contained in the Fiscal 2016 Review regarding the competitiveness of our executive compensation in comparison to our peer group and compensation surveys.  Towers determined that in aggregate the compensation levels reviewed by Towers were within the competitive range with variations by position. The compensation levels assessed by Towers were based on actual payments or grants, as the case may be, of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive grants. In reaching its conclusions, Towers applied the following standards for determining that compensation is in line with competitive market practices: base salary paid is between 90% and 110% of the median base salary; total cash compensation (base salary plus bonus) is between 85% and 115% of the median total cash compensation; and total direct compensation (total cash compensation plus long-term incentive grants) is between 80% and 120% of the median total direct compensation.

Determining Executive Compensation.

Base Salaries.  Our general policy is to initially set the base salaries of our named executive officers at levels that are competitive with our peers. As a policy matter, we generally only increase such salaries in the case of promotions or significant increases to an officer’s duties and responsibilities. Such increases to base salaries are reviewed by the Compensation Committee on a case-by-case basis. There were no salary increases in Fiscal 2017. The Compensation Committee lowered Mr. Kratz’s base salary during the fiscal year when Mr. Kratz’s job title and responsibilities changed. The following table sets forth the Fiscal 2017 base salaries for each named executive officer.

Named Executive
Officers
 Base Salary 
Selwyn Joffe $700,000 
David Lee $290,000 
Michael Umansky $506,000 
Doug Schooner $294,000 
Steve Kratz $180,000 

Annual Cash-Based Incentive Program. Each year, we administer a cash-based incentive compensation program that aims to reward our named executive officers for the achievement of key financial and individual performance goals. For Fiscal 2017, the program consisted of two components: a company-performance metric (the “Company Performance Goal”) and an individualized set of quantitative and qualitative goals for each individual officer (the “Individual Goals”).

Named Executive
Officers
 
Target Incentive
Payment
  
Targeted
Incentive Payment for
Achieving Company
Performance Goal
(70% of Total)
  
Targeted
Incentive Payment
for Achieving
Individual Goals
(30%)
 
Selwyn Joffe $760,200  $532,140  $228,060 
David Lee $159,500  $111,650  $47,850 
Michael Umansky $101,200  $70,840  $30,360 
Doug Schooner $102,900  $72,030  $30,870 
Steve Kratz $30,750  $21,525  $9,225 
13

With respect to Fiscal 2017, 70% of each executive’s total annual cash-based incentive opportunity was dependenttraded on the Company achieving the Company Performance Goal. The Company Performance Goal for Fiscal 2017 was achieving Adjusted EBITDA of at least $78,128,000. Our Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as earnings before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization and other adjustments described in our earnings releases filed with the SEC on Form 8-K. This Company Performance Goal was set at the beginning of the Fiscal Year by the Board after a full review of the Company’s business plan and budget.

If the Company Performance Goal was not achieved, the named executive officers would not receive any of the targeted compensation amounts that were tied to the Company Performance Goal. If the Company performed better than the Company Performance Goal, the named executive officers would receive a cash incentive payment in excess of the targeted amount.

In Fiscal 2017, the Company’s actual Adjusted EBITDA exceeded the levels set by the Board as the Company Performance Goal and the named executive officers each received their applicable cash-based incentive payment. Because actual Adjusted EBITDA achieved was 117.1% of the threshold goal, each executive was awarded 117.1% of the amount that was targeted for the Company Performance Goal.

The remaining 30% of the cash-based incentive program is tied to the achievement of individual goals, tailored for each named executive officer, given their role in our organization. Some of these goals are quantitative and others are qualitative. The Compensation Committee, working with the Chief Executive Officer, sets and communicates goals for each named officer at the beginning of the Fiscal Year. Those goals were as follows:

Selwyn Joffe, the Chief Executive Officer
·Develop key strategies in all areas aimed at driving our Company value
·Strengthen our relationships with key customers through long-term arrangements
·Ensure appropriate information is communicated to our Board of Directors
·Ensure that the appropriate management team and corporate focus is in place
·Develop an appropriate succession plan
·Maintain the appropriate financial structure for our Company, including, but not limited to, budgets and operating focus
·Make decisions on all key initiatives proposed by senior management
·Build sales
·Evaluate and propose systems and initiatives for continuous improvement in all disciplines of our business
·Identify and drive any acquisitions
·Integrate acquired businesses
·Prepare the infrastructure and develop plans to grow the Company

David Lee, Chief Financial Officer

·Monitor all metrics that may have an impact on our financial performance
·Maintain an effective treasury function, including budgeting and forecasting
·Manage our cash flows
·Minimize the loan and interest expenses we incur
·Manage our shareholder relations

Steve Kratz, Chief Operating Officer

·Evaluate and manage the key operating metrics for us
·Increase quality of our product
·Implement strategies aimed at reducing our product costs and warranty rates
·Manage our recovery operations
·Improve our customer support services
·Manage and improve the performance of our information technology systems
14

Doug Schooner, Chief Manufacturing Officer

·Maximize all manufacturing efficiencies to ensure fill rates to our customers
·Ensure the quality of our products through the manufacturing process
·Maintain appropriate levels of offshore production volume and capacity
·Maintain a global manufacturing and multifunctional support group
·Reorganize special order department to maintain changing unit technology
·Complete the reorganization of the production shop
·Improve product costs

Michael Umansky, Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel

·Limit our legal and other risk exposure
·Manage any litigation
·Control our legal and insurance costs
·Maintain our compliance standards, including compliance with SEC rules and regulations
·Manage our investor relations communications
·Develop and protect intellectual property for our business processes
·Advise on and implement any transactional business opportunities, including acquisitions, financings, SEC correspondence and customer contracts
·Oversee certain administrative functions, including human resource functions
·Determine and negotiate all required insurance
·Supervise contractual obligations

At the end of Fiscal 2017, the Compensation Committee reviewed the performance of the executives and assessed the execution against the pre-set goals for each executive. The Chief Executive Officer assists the Committee in reviewing each of the named executive officers, other than his own performance. Based on its review and evaluation, the Compensation Committee made final determination of the cash-based incentive payments to be named with respect to the individual performance component of the plan. The Committee can exercise positive or negative discretion, awarding more or less than the targeted amount, depending on its assessment of the level of achievement.

The following table sets forth the each executive’s aggregate bonus opportunity and actual bonus earned with respect to Fiscal 2017.

Named Executive
Officers
 
Target Incentive
Payment
  
Company
Performance Related
Incentive Payment
  
Individual Goal
Incentive
Payment
  
Total Actual
Incentive
Payment
 
Selwyn Joffe $760,200  $623,000  $228,000  $851,000 
David Lee $159,500  $131,000  $48,000  $179,000 
Michael Umansky $101,200  $83,000  $41,000  $124,000 
Doug Schooner $102,900  $84,000  $31,000  $115,000 
Steve Kratz $30,750  $25,000  $9,000  $34,000 

Equity-Based Incentive Program. The goals of our long-term, equity-based incentive awards are to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our common shareholders. Because vesting is generally based on continued service, our equity-based incentives also encourage the retention of our named executive officers during the award vesting period. In determining the number of stock options and/or restricted stock to be granted to executives, we consider the total value of the compensation opportunity afforded to each named executive officer and the competitive levels paid by our peers, as well as the individual’s position, scope of responsibility, ability to affect profits and shareholder value. Prior to fiscal 2014, we elected to use stock options that vest over time as the primary long-term equity incentive vehicle to promote retention of our key executives, but in subsequent fiscal years we used stock options and full value awards, such as restricted stock awards, which generally vest over time.
The following table sets forth the number of shares covered by the option and restricted stock awards granted to each named executive officer in Fiscal 2017. Each award vests over a three-year period, subject to continued employment.
15

Named Executive
Officers
 Stock Options  Restricted Stock 
Selwyn Joffe  51,200   11,300 
David Lee  10,800   2,800 
Michael Umansky  11,000   2,000 
Doug Schooner  9,000   2,400 
Steve Kratz  10,600   3,000 

Employee Benefits.  All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans. The Company does not provide pension benefits, other than matching contributionsNASDAQ Global Select Market under the Company’s 401(k) retirement plan. The Company may also from time to time provide perquisites such as Company-paid or reimbursed automobiles, and additional coverage under our medical plans.

Tax Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) generally disallows a tax deduction for annual compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to our named executive officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and regulations) is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We generally intend to structure some of the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, when feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee have in the past, and may in the future, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent. In Fiscal 2017, we paid compensation to Selwyn Joffe that was not deductible under Section 162(m).

In limited circumstances, we may agree to make certain items of income payable to our named executive officers tax-neutral to them.  Accordingly, we have agreed to gross-up certain payments to our Chief Executive Officer to cover any excise taxes (and related income taxes on the “gross-up” payment) that he may be obligated to pay with respect to the first $3,000,000 of “parachute payments” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code) to be made to him upon a change of control of our Company.

Accounting Considerations

ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, or ASC Topic 718, requires us to recognize an expense for the fair value of equity-based compensation awards. Grants of stock options and restricted stock under our equity incentive award plans are accounted for under ASC Topic 718. The Compensation Committee regularly considers the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Amendment.
16

By Members of the Compensation Committee

Rudolph Borneo, Chairman
Dr. David Bryan
Philip Gay
Duane Miller
Jeffrey Mirvis

Compensation Risk Analysis

The preceding “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section generally describes our compensation policies, plans and practices that are applicable for our executives and management. Our Compensation Committee reviews the relationship between our risk management policies and practices, corporate strategy and compensation practices. Our Compensation Committee has determined that these plans and practices, as applied to all of our employees, including our executive officers, does not encourage excessive risk taking at any level of our Company. The Compensation Committee does not believe that risks arising from its compensation plans, policies or practices are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our Company.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information concerning Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 compensation of our named executive officers.

Name & Principal Position
Fiscal
Year
 Salary  Bonus (1)  
Stock
Awards (2)
  
Options
Awards (2)
  
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
  
All Other
Compensation
(3)
  Total 
                       
Selwyn Joffe2017 $700,000  $228,100  $324,084  $674,719  $623,000  $169,200  $2,719,103 
Chairman of the Board,2016  700,000   47,900   389,125   374,663   652,200   327,520   2,491,408 
President and CEO2015  674,616   1,778,834   1,350,893   -   -   223,056   4,027,399 
                              
David Lee2017 $290,000  $48,100  $80,304  $142,323  $131,000  $88,030  $779,757 
Chief Financial Officer2016  262,192   600   96,503   92,951   100,500   70,200   622,946 
 2015  220,000   324,260   84,841   89,510   -   61,990   780,601 
                              
Steve Kratz2017  310,769(4) $9,100  $86,040  $139,688  $25,000  $29,895  $289,723 
Chief Operating Officer2016  350,000   100   105,842   101,531   91,000   25,630   674,103 
 2015  350,000   374,646   91,720   96,247   -   22,696   935,309 
                              
Doug Schooner2017 $294,000  $31,100  $68,832  $118,603  $84,000  $88,147  $684,681 
Chief Manufacturing Officer2016  294,000   1,800   84,051   80,081   99,300   71,246   630,478 
 2015  286,385   265,089   59,618   61,598   -   62,767   735,457 
                              
Michael Umansky2017 $506,000  $41,100  $57,360  $144,959  $83,000  $86,746  $919,165 
Vice President, Secretary2016  506,000   10,000   68,486   67,211   114,000   85,551   851,248 
and General Counsel2015  506,000   316,343   59,618   63,523   -   56,414   1,001,898 

(1)Amounts in the “Bonus” column include a $100 bonus paid to each of the Company’s employees during December of each year, including the named executive officers, and bonuses awarded to the named executive officers based on the achievement of Individual Goals under the Company’s Annual Cash-Based Incentive Program. Amounts in the “Non-Equity Incentive Compensation Plan” column represent annual cash bonuses awarded to the named executive officers under the Company’s Annual Cash-Based Incentive Program based on the achievement of Company Performance Goals.
(2)Stock and option award amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015.  We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all options and stock awards made to executive officers in Note 2 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements contained in its Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2017.
17

(3)The following chart is a summary of the items that are included in the “All Other Compensation” totals for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2017:
 
Name
 
Automobile
Expenses
  
Health
Insurance
Premiums
  
401K
Employer’s
Contribution
  
Deferred
Compensation
Plan
Employer’s
Contribution
  Total 
                
Selwyn Joffe $18,000  $103,327  $5,151  $42,722  $169,200 
David Lee $-  $79,327  $8,703  $-  $88,030 
Steve Kratz $-  $27,886  $2,009  $-  $29,895 
Doug Schooner $-  $79,327  $8,820  $-  $88,147 
Michael Umansky $376  $55,469  $12,000  $18,900  $86,746 

(4)Reflects mid-year salary change from $350,000 to $180,000.

2017 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

NameGrant Date 
All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of Stock
or Units (1)
  
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (1)
  
Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
  
Grant Date
Fair Value of
Stock and
Option Awards
 
              
Selwyn Joffe6/24/2016  -   51,200  $28.68  $674,719 
Selwyn Joffe6/24/2016  11,300   -  $28.68  $324,084 
David Lee6/24/2016  -   10,800  $28.68  $142,323 
David Lee6/24/2016  2,800   -  $28.68  $80,304 
Steve Kratz6/24/2016  -   10,600  $28.68  $139,688 
Steve Kratz6/24/2016  3,000   -  $28.68  $86,040 
Doug Schooner6/24/2016  -   9,000  $28.68  $118,603 
Doug Schooner6/24/2016  2,400   -  $28.68  $68,832 
Michael Umansky6/24/2016  -   11,000  $28.68  $144,959 
Michael Umansky6/24/2016  2,000   -  $28.68  $57,360 

(1)These awards vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date subject to continued employment.
18

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes information regarding equity awards granted to our named executive officers that remain outstanding as of March 31, 2017.

  Option Awards  Stock Awards 
Name 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Vested
  
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Unvested
  
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  
Option
Expiration
Date
  
Number of
Shares or
Units of Stock
Unvested (#)
  
Market Value
of Shares or
Units of Stock
Unvested ($)
 
                     
Selwyn Joffe                    
   109,100   -   $6.46  12/27/2022        
   124,100   -   $6.46  12/27/2022        
   83,700   -   $9.32  9/2/2023        
   8,733   17,467(1)  $31.13  9/3/2025        
   -   51,200(4)  $28.68  6/23/2026        
                   17,197(2)  $528,464 
                   8,333(1)  $256,073 
                   11,300(4)  $347,249 
David Lee                         
   30,900   -   $6.46  12/27/2022          
   20,900   -   $9.32  9/2/2023          
   6,200   3,100(3)  $22.93  6/21/2024          
   2,167   4,333(1)  $31.13  9/3/2025          
   -   10,800(4)  $28.68  6/23/2026          
                   1,234(3)  $37,921 
                   2,067(1)  $63,519 
                   2,800(4)  $86,044 
Steve Kratz                         
   21,900   -   $6.46  12/27/2022          
   24,900   -   $9.32  9/2/2023          
   6,667   3,333(3)  $22.93  6/21/2024          
   2,367   4,733(1)  $31.13  9/3/2025          
   -   10,600(4)  $28.68  6/23/2026          
                   1,334(3)  $40,994 
                   2,267(1)  $69,665 
                   3,000(4)  $92,190 
Doug Schooner                         
   4,834   -   $9.32  9/2/2023          
   4,267   2,133(3)  $22.93  6/21/2024          
   1,867   3,733(1)  $31.13  9/3/2025          
   -   9,000(4)  $28.68  6/23/2026          
                   866(3)  $26,612 
                   1,800(1)  $55,314 
                   2,400(4)  $73,752 
Michael Umansky                         
   7,400   -   $6.46  12/27/2022          
   15,000   -   $9.32  9/2/2023          
   4,400   2,200(3)  $22.93  6/21/2024          
   1,567   3,133(1)  $31.13  9/3/2025          
   -   11,000(4)  $28.68  6/23/2026          
                   866(3)  $26,612 
                   1,467(1)  $45,081 
                   2,000(4)  $61,460 

(1)This award vests in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, September 4, 2015, subject to continued employment.
(2)This award vests in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, June 11, 2014, subject to continued employment.
(3)This award vests in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, June 24, 2014, subject to continued employment.
(4)This award vests in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, June 24, 2016, subject to continued employment.
19

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

  Option Awards  Stock Awards 
Name 
Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
  
Value
Realized on
Exercise
  
Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
  
Value
Realized on
Vesting
 
             
Selwyn Joffe  75,000  $1,379,733   36,897  $1,054,650 
David Lee  -  $-   6,132  $179,001 
Steve Kratz  -  $-   7,100  $207,319 
Doug Schooner  -  $-   4,467  $130,418 
Michael Umansky  -  $-   4,366  $127,457 

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table sets forth certain information regarding contributions, earnings and account balances under our Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (the “DCP”), our only defined contribution plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not-tax qualified, for each of the named executive officers as of fiscal year ended March 31, 2017. Plan participants may elect to receive distributions under the DCP as lump sums or in installments.  Mr. Joffe has elected to receive lump sum distributions in the case of death, disability or separation of service.  Mr. Umansky has elected to receive distributions in installments in the case of death, disability, separation of service, attaining age 72 or a change of control.  A description of the other material terms and conditions of the DCP follows.

Name 
Executive
Contributions
in Last FY(1)
  
Company
Contribution
in Last FY(2)
  
Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY (3)
  
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
  
Aggregate
Balance at
Last FY (4)
 
                
Selwyn Joffe $42,722  $42,722  $129,089  $-  $885,063 
David Lee $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Steve Kratz $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Doug Schooner $-  $-  $-  $-  $- 
Michael Umansky $50,400  $18,900  $110,527  $-  $872,772 

Footnotes to Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table:

(1)Executive Contributions in Last FY, shows the amounts that the named executive offices elected to defer in Fiscal 2017 under the DCP. These amounts represent compensation earned by the named executive officers in Fiscal 2017, and are therefore also reported in the appropriate columns in the Summary Compensation Table above.

(2)Registrant Contributions in Last FY, shows the amounts credited in Fiscal 2017 as company contributions to the accounts of our named executive officers under the DCP. These amounts are also reported in the Summary Compensation Table above, in Column (i), All Other Compensation.

(3)Aggregate Earnings in Last FY, shows the net amounts credited to the DCP accounts of our named executive officer as a result of the performance of the investment vehicles in which their accounts were deemed invested, as more fully described in the narrative disclosure below. These amounts do not represent above-market earnings, and thus are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

(4)Aggregate Balance at Last FY, shows the amounts of the DCP account balances at the end of Fiscal 2017 for each of our named executive officers. The following portions of these account balances represent amounts previously reported as compensation to the NEOs in our Summary Compensation Tables for Fiscal 2016 and prior years: for Mr. Joffe $216,760; and for Mr. Umansky, $157,222.
20

The following table shows our contribution to each named executive officer’s account:

Name Contribution  Interest (a)  Total 
          
Selwyn Joffe $42,722  $-  $42,722 
David Lee $-  $-  $- 
Steve Kratz $-  $-  $- 
Doug Schooner $-  $-  $- 
Michael Umansky $18,900  $-  $18,900 

(a)No interest is paid by the registrant.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan

We maintain the Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, including our named executive officers. Participants in the plan may elect to defer up to 100% of their gross cash compensation. We made matching contributions of 100% of each participant’s elective contributions to the plan, up to 3% of the participant’s compensation for the plan year. The plan is designed to defer taxation to the participant on contributions and notional earnings thereon until distribution thereof in accordance with a participant’s previously made distribution elections. Insurance annuity contracts provide funding for the plan, however, the annuity contracts are owned by us and remain subject to claims of our general creditors.

Employment Agreements

On May 18, 2012, we entered into a new employment agreement (the “New Employment Agreement”) with Mr. Joffe, which terminates and supersedes Mr. Joffe’s previous employment agreement that was to expire on August 31, 2012. The New Employment Agreement provides for Mr. Joffe to serve as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer for a term expiring on August 31, 2015, unless extended or earlier terminated. Pursuant to the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Joffe’s base salary was set at $600,000 per year and will be reviewed from time to time in accordance with our established procedures for adjusting salaries for similarly situated employees. Mr. Joffe is eligible to participate in our Annual Incentive Plan adopted and amended from time to time by the Board (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), with a target bonus equal to 100% of Mr. Joffe’s salary (the “Annual Incentive Bonuses”).

In June 2014, the Company and Mr. Joffe entered into Amendment No. 1 to the New Employment Agreement pursuant to which, effective as of July 1, 2014, (i) the last day of Mr. Joffe’s term of employment was changed from August 31, 2015 to July 1, 2019 and (ii) his base salary was increased from $600,000 to $700,000 per year. All other terms and conditions of the New Employment Agreement remain the same.

Pursuant to the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Joffe will also be eligible to receive annual awards under the 2010 Plan in such amounts as are determined by the Compensation Committee as administrator of the 2010 Plan in its sole and absolute discretion (the “Annual Awards”). Such awards may be in the form of options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units or such other form of award as determined by the Compensation Committee as administrator of the 2010 Plan in its sole and absolute discretion.
21

The Annual Incentive Bonuses, the Initial Equity Awards and the Annual Awards, to the extent they constitute “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), shall be subject to clawback by us to the extent required by Section 10D(b)(2) of the Exchange Act, as determined by the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. SEC, as limited by California law to the extent California law applies.

Pursuant to the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Joffe will also receive: (i) four weeks paid vacation each year during the term of the New Employment Agreement pursuant to our written vacation policy; (ii) a $1,500 monthly automobile allowance and payment by us of certain automobile-related expenses; (iii) during the term of the New Employment Agreement, if Mr. Joffe does not elect medical insurance coverage for himself and his eligible family through us, an allowance for such medical insurance in an amount equal to the cost which would have been incurred by us in supplying such coverage for Mr. Joffe and his eligible family; and (iv) $24,000 per year to be used by Mr. Joffe to purchase disability insurance for his benefit (the “Disability Insurance Payment” and, together with the benefits described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the “Benefits”).

The New Employment Agreement terminates on the date of Mr. Joffe’s death, in which event his accrued salary and Annual Incentive Bonus, if any, and reimbursable expenses and Benefits owing to him through the date of his death shall be paid to his estate, and his estate shall assume certain of his rights as specified in the New Employment Agreement.

In the event that Mr. Joffe’s employment is terminated as result of his physical or mental illness or incapacity as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in the New Employment Agreement, he will be entitled to receive his accrued salary and Annual Incentive Bonus, if any, reimbursable expenses and Benefits owing to him through the date of termination and payment of the benefits pursuant to any disability insurance policy purchased by Mr. Joffe with the Disability Insurance Payment.

In the event that Mr. Joffe’s employment is terminated by us for Cause (as defined in the New Employment Agreement), we will be released from any and all further obligations under the New Employment Agreement, except that we will pay Mr. Joffe his accrued salary and Annual Incentive Bonus, if any, and reimbursable expenses and Benefits owing to him through the date of his termination.

In the event that Mr. Joffe’s employment is terminated by us without Cause (as defined in the New Employment Agreement) or Mr. Joffe voluntarily terminates the New Employment Agreement for Good Reason (as defined in the New Employment Agreement), then we will pay through the later of the date which is two years after the termination date or the last day of the term of the New Employment Agreement: (i) his salary as in effect immediately prior to the termination date; (ii) his average bonus earned for the two years immediately prior to the year in which the New Employment Agreement is terminated (or if such termination occurs within the first three months of our fiscal year, for the second and third years preceding the year in which such termination occurs); (iii) the Benefits; and (iv) reimbursable expenses.

If a Change in Control (as defined in the New Employment Agreement) occurs and Mr. Joffe voluntarily terminates the New Employment Agreement for Good Reason (as defined in the New Employment Agreement) or Mr. Joffe’s employment is terminated by us without Cause (as defined in the New Employment Agreement) within two years following a Change in Control, then Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive either the severance benefit as described in the next sentence of this paragraph or the benefits described in the immediately preceding paragraph, whichever is more favorable to Mr. Joffe, and we will pay Mr. Joffe any reimbursable expenses owed to him through the termination date. The severance benefit will be equal to (i) two times Mr. Joffe’s salary at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control plus (ii) two times Mr. Joffe’s average bonus earned for the two years immediately prior to the year in which the Change in Control occurs. The severance benefit will be paid to Mr. Joffe in a lump sum as soon as practicable, but no later than 30 days following the termination date.
In the event that the benefits provided for in the New Employment Agreement or otherwise payable to Mr. Joffe constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and will be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, Mr. Joffe will receive the greater of: (i) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of such benefits or (ii) the largest aggregate amount of such benefits that would result in no portion thereof being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, results in Mr. Joffe’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the benefit.
22

The New Employment Agreement prohibits Mr. Joffe during the term of the New Employment Agreement or at any time thereafter from using or disclosing to any third party any of our confidential information and trade secrets. Pursuant to the New Employment Agreement, during the term of the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Joffe is also prohibited from: (i) competing with us; or (ii) soliciting or inducing any creditor, customer, supplier, officer, executive or agent of us or any of our subsidiaries or affiliates to sever its relationship with or leave the employ of any such entities.

In conformity with our policy, all of our directors and officers execute confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements upon the commencement of employment. The agreements generally provide that all inventions or discoveries by the employee related to our business and all confidential information developed or made known to the employee during the term of employment shall be our exclusive property and shall not be disclosed to third parties without our prior approval.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Table

The following table provides an estimate of the inherent value of Mr. Joffe’s employment agreement described above, assuming the agreement was terminated on March 31, 2017, the last business day of Fiscal 2017. Please refer to “Employment Agreements” for more information.

Benefit 
Termination
by Company
for Cause (1)
  Death (2)  Disability (3)  
Voluntary
Termination by Mr.
Joffe for Good
Reason or
Termination by
Company w/o Cause
(4)
  
After Change in
Control:
Voluntary
Termination by
Mr. Joffe (5)
 
                
Salary Contribution $-  $-  $-  $1,400,000  $1,400,000 
Bonus $851,000  $851,000  $851,000  $1,551,200  $1,551,200 
Executive Awards (6) $-  $1,396,951  $1,396,951  $1,396,951  $1,396,951 
Healthcare $-  $-  $24,000  $206,653  $- 
Automobile Allowance (7) $-  $-  $-  $36,000  $- 
Accrued Vacation Payments $121,890  $121,890  $121,890  $229,582  $121,890 

(1)Upon a termination for cause, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to his accrued salary, bonus, if any, reimbursable expenses, and benefits owing to him through the day of his termination.
(2)Mr. Joffe’s employment term will end on the date of his death. Upon such event, Mr. Joffe’s estate will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus, if any, benefits (including accrued but unused vacation time) and reimbursable expenses, owing to Mr. Joffe through the date of his death. In addition, Mr. Joffe’s estate will assume Mr. Joffe’s rights under our equity incentive plans and certain of his rights under his New Employment Agreement.
(3)If during the employment term, Mr. Joffe is terminated by us as a result of his physical or mental illness or incapacity as determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in the New Employment Agreement, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive his accrued salary, bonus, if any, reimbursable expenses, and benefits owing to Mr. Joffe through the date of termination. In addition, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive the benefits payable pursuant to a disability insurance policy purchased by Mr. Joffe with the Disability Insurance Payment.
(4)Upon a termination by Mr. Joffe for good reason or by us without cause, Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive through the date which is two years after the termination date: (i) his salary at the annual rate as in effect immediately prior to the termination date; (ii) his average bonus earned for the two years immediately prior to the year in which his employment agreement is terminated (or if such termination occurs within the first three months of our fiscal year, for the second and third years preceding the year in which such termination occurs); (iii) the benefits; and (iv) reimbursable expenses.
23

(5)If a change in control occurs and Mr. Joffe voluntarily terminates his employment agreement for good reason or Mr. Joffe’s employment is terminated by us without cause within two years following a change in control, then Mr. Joffe will be entitled to receive either the severance benefit as described in the next sentence of this footnote or the benefits described in the immediately preceding footnote, whichever is more favorable to Mr. Joffe, and we will pay Mr. Joffe any reimbursable expenses owed to him through the termination date. The severance benefit will be equal to (i) two times Mr. Joffe’s salary at the annual rate in effect immediately prior to the date of the change in control plus (ii) two times Mr. Joffe’s average bonus earned for the two years immediately prior to the year in which the change in control occurs.
(6)Upon the termination of his employment agreement, for any reason other than termination by us for cause or termination by Mr. Joffe without good reason, any Executive Awards under our 2010 Incentive Plan which are not fully vested will immediately vest and remain exercisable by Mr. Joffe for a period of two years or, if shorter, until the ten year anniversary of the date of grant of each such Executive Award. The inherent value shown in the table is the additional compensation expense we would have recorded upon the immediate vesting of all Executive Awards which were not fully vested at March 31, 2017. Executive Awards include incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, stock payments, deferred stock, deferred stock units, SARs and cash awards.
(7)Mr. Joffe is entitled to receive an automobile allowance in the amount of $1,500 per month, payable monthly. In addition, all costs of operating the automobile, including fuel, oil, insurance, repairs, maintenance and other expenses, are our responsibility.

Equity Based Employee Benefit Plans

2010 Incentive Award Plan. On December 10, 2010, our Board of Directors approved our 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “Original 2010 Plan”). On January 14, 2011, our shareholders approved the Original 2010 Plan. On February 25, 2013, our Board of Directors approved our Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “Amended and Restated 2010 Plan”). On March 28, 2013, our shareholders approved the Amended and Restated 2010 Plan. On February 23, 2014, our Board of Directors approved our Second Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”). On March 31, 2014, our shareholders approved the 2010 Plan. The purpose of the 2010 Plan is to enhance the value of our Company and promote our success by linking the individual interests of our employees to the interests of our shareholders and by providing our employees with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to our shareholders. The 2010 Plan is also intended to provide the Company with flexibility in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees upon whose judgment, interest, and performance our success is largely dependent. The 2010 Plan does not provide for awards to non-employee directors or consultants of the Company.

Eligibility; Administration. Employees of our Company or any of its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to subcommittees of our directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under applicable law or regulation, including Section 162(m) of the Code, Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator has the authority to grant and set the terms of all awards under, make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, the 2010 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions.

Limitation on Awards and Shares Available. An aggregate of 2,750,000 shares of our common stock are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan, which shares may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. The number of authorized shares will be reduced by 1 share for each share issued pursuant to a stock option or stock appreciation right (“SAR”) and by 2.5 shares for each share subject to a “full-value” equity award (which generally includes awards other than stock options and SARs, such as restricted stock and restricted stock units).

The following types of shares will be added back to the available share limit under the 2010 Plan: (x) shares subject to awards that are forfeited, expire or are settled for cash, and (y) shares repurchased by the Company at the same price paid by a participant pursuant to the Company’s repurchase right with respect to restricted stock awards. However, the following types of shares will not be added back to the available share limit under the 2010 Plan: (A) shares tendered by a participant or withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an option; (B) shares withheld to satisfy any tax withholding obligation with respect to an award; (C) shares subject to a SAR that are not issued in connection with the stock settlement of the SAR on exercise thereof; and (D) shares purchased on the open market with the cash proceeds from the exercise of options.
24

Awards granted under the 2010 Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, awards authorized or outstanding under a qualifying equity plan maintained by an entity with which the Company enters into a merger or similar corporate transaction will not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the 2010 Plan. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to one or more awards granted to any one participant pursuant to the 2010 Plan during any calendar year is 400,000, and the maximum amount that may be paid in cash pursuant to the 2010 Plan to any one participant during any calendar year is $5,000,000.

Awards. The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, stock payments, deferred stock, deferred stock units, SARs and cash awards. No determination has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2010 Plan. Certain awards under the 2010 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms. Awards other than cash awards will generally be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

·
Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, by contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other Code requirements are satisfied. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant shareholders). Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options, may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.
·
Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs, and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.
·
Restricted Stock; Deferred Stock; RSUs; Performance Awards. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. For shares of restricted stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting will only be paid to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the shares vest. Deferred stock and RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying these awards may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance awards are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination of cash and shares, in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, deferred stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.
25

·
Stock Payments. Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not be, made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards.
·
Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such award will only be paid to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.
Performance Awards. All awards may be granted as performance awards (in addition to those identified above as performance awards), meaning that any such award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals. The plan administrator will determine whether performance awards are intended to constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” (“QPBC”) within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in which case the applicable performance criteria will be selected from the list below in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code imposes a $1,000,000 cap on the compensation deduction that we may take in respect of compensation paid to our “covered employees” (which should include our CEO and our next four most highly compensated employees other than our CFO), but excludes from the calculation of amounts subject to this limitation any amounts that constitute QPBC. In order to constitute QPBC under Section 162(m) of the Code, in addition to certain other requirements, the relevant amounts must be payable only upon the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals set by our Compensation Committee during the first ninety days of the relevant performance period and linked to shareholder-approved performance criteria.

For purposes of the 2010 Plan, one or more of the following performance criteria will be used in setting performance goals applicable to QPBC, and may be used in setting performance goals applicable to other performance awards: (i) net earnings (either before or after one or more of the following: (A) interest, (B) taxes, (C) depreciation and (D) amortization); (ii) gross or net sales or revenue; (iii) net income (either before or after taxes); (iv) adjusted net income; (v) operating earnings or profit; (vi) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow); (vii) return on assets; (viii) return on capital; (ix) return on stockholders’ equity; (x) total stockholder return; (xi) return on sales; (xii) gross or net profit or operating margin; (xiii) costs; (xiv) funds from operations; (xv) expenses; (xvi) working capital; (xvii) earnings per share; (xviii) adjusted earnings per share; (xix) price per share of Common Stock; (xx) regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product; (xxi) implementation or completion of critical projects; (xxii) market share; and (xxiii) economic value, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group or to market performance indicators or indices. The 2010 Plan also permits the plan administrator to provide for objectively determinable adjustments to the applicable performance criteria in setting performance goals for QPBC awards.

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2010 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2010 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the surviving entity must assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity refuses to assume or substitute for outstanding awards, then the administrator may cause all awards will vest in full immediately prior to the transaction. If the surviving entity assumes or substitutes for outstanding awards, and a participant undergoes a termination of employment by reason of “Involuntary Termination” or “Good Reason” (both as defined in the 2010 Plan) on or within two years following the change in control, then all of the participant’s awards assumed or substituted for will vest in full. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.
26

Foreign Participants; Transferability; Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish subplans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under the 2010 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2010 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.

Plan Amendment and Termination. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2010 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in capital structure, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2010 Plan or “reprices” any stock option or SAR (including any grant of cash or another award in respect of any stock option or SAR when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares). No award may be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which we adopted the 2010 Plan.

Federal Income Tax Consequences. The following is a general summary under current law of the material federal income tax consequences to participants in the 2010 Plan. This summary deals with the general tax principles that apply and is provided only for general information. Some kinds of taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, are not discussed.

Incentive Stock Options. The grant of an ISO will not be a taxable event for the grantee or result in a business expense deduction for us. A grantee will not recognize taxable income upon exercise of an ISO (except that the alternative minimum tax may apply), and any gain realized upon a disposition of our common stock received pursuant to the exercise of an ISO will be taxed as long-term capital gain if the grantee holds the shares of common stock for at least two years after the date of grant and for one year after the date of exercise (the “holding period requirement”). We will not be entitled to any business expense deduction with respect to the exercise of an ISO, except as discussed below.

For the exercise of an option to qualify for the foregoing tax treatment, the grantee generally must be our employee or an employee of our subsidiary from the date the option is granted through a date within three months prior to the date of exercise of the option.

If all of the foregoing requirements are met except the holding period requirement mentioned above, the grantee will recognize ordinary income upon the disposition of the common stock in an amount generally equal to the excess of the fair market value of the common stock at the time the option was exercised over the option exercise price (but not in excess of the gain realized on the sale). The balance of the realized gain, if any, will be a capital gain. We will be allowed a business expense deduction to the extent the grantee recognizes ordinary income, subject to our compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code and to certain reporting requirements.

Non-Qualified Options. The grant of a NSO will not be a taxable event for the grantee or result in a compensation expense deduction for us. Upon exercising a NSO, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. Upon a subsequent sale or exchange of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a NSO, the grantee will have taxable capital gain or loss, measured by the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the tax basis of the shares of common stock (generally, the amount paid for the shares plus the amount treated as ordinary income at the time the option was exercised).

If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.
27

Restricted Stock. A grantee who is awarded shares of restricted stock will not recognize any taxable income for federal income tax purposes in the year of the award, provided that the shares of common stock are subject to restrictions requiring the restricted stock to be nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. However, the grantee may elect under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize compensation income in the year of the award in an amount equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the award, less the purchase price, if any, determined without regard to the restrictions. If the grantee does not make such a Section 83(b) election, the fair market value of the common stock on the date the restrictions lapse, less the purchase price, if any, will be treated as compensation income to the grantee and will be taxable in the year the restrictions lapse. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Restricted Stock Units. There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of restricted stock units under the 2010 Plan. A grantee who is awarded restricted stock units will be required to recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of shares issued to such grantee at the end of the restriction period or, if later, the date on which shares are delivered in respect of the RSUs. If the delivery date of the shares is deferred more than a short period after vesting, employment taxes will be due in the year of vesting. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Dividend Equivalent Awards. Grantees who receive dividend equivalent awards will be required to recognize ordinary income equal to the amount distributed to the grantee pursuant to the award. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Stock Appreciation Rights. There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of SARs under the Incentive Award Plan. Upon exercising a SAR, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and with the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Performance Share Awards. Grantees who receive performance share awards generally will not realize taxable income at the time of the grant of the performance shares, and we will not be entitled to a deduction at that time. When the award is paid, whether in cash or common stock, the grantee will have ordinary income, and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

Stock Payment Awards. Grantees who receive a stock payment in lieu of a cash payment that would otherwise have been made will be taxed as if the cash payment has been received, and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements and subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will have a deduction in the same amount.

Deferred Stock. A grantee receiving deferred stock generally will not have taxable income upon the issuance of the deferred stock and we will not then be entitled to a deduction. However, when shares underlying the deferred stock are issued to the grantee, he or she will realize ordinary income and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements and subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares at the date of issuance over the purchase price, if any, paid for the deferred stock. Employment taxes with respect to these awards will generally be due in the year of vesting.

Performance Awards. The award of a performance or annual incentive award will have no federal income tax consequences for us or for the grantee. The payment of the award is taxable to a grantee as ordinary income. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements and, subject to the restrictions of Section 162(m) of the Code, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.
28

Section 409A of the Code. Certain types of awards under the 2010 Plan, including, but not limited to RSUs and deferred stock, may constitute, or provide for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code. Unless certain requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code are complied with, holders of such awards may be taxed earlier than would otherwise be the case ( e.g. , at the time of vesting instead of the time of payment) and may be subject to an additional 20% penalty tax (and, potentially, certain interest penalties). To the extent applicable, the 2010 Plan and awards granted under the 2010 Plan are intended to be structured and interpreted to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance that may be issued under Section 409A of the Code.

Section 162(m) of the Code. In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly-held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation for certain executive officers exceeds $1 million (less the amount of any “excess parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any taxable year of the corporation. However, under Section 162(m) of the Code, the deduction limit does not apply to certain “performance-based” compensation. Stock options and SARs will satisfy the “performance-based” exception if (a) the awards are made by a qualifying compensation committee, (b) the plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and (c) the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. The 2010 Plan has been designed to permit the plan administrator to grant stock options and SARs which will qualify as “performance-based compensation.” In addition, other performance-based awards under the 2010 Plan may be intended to constitute QPBC, as discussed above.

2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan. Upon the receipt of the approval of our shareholders of the Original 2010 Plan, the 2010 Plan replaced our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan on January 14, 2011 and no further grants of awards under can be made under the 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. The purpose of our 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan (the “Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan”) is to foster and promote our long-term financial success and interests and to materially increase the value of the equity interests in the Company by: (a) increasing our ability to attract and retain talented men and women to serve on our Board of Directors, (b) increasing the incentives that these non-employee directors have to help us succeed and (c) providing our non-employee directors with an increased opportunity to share in our long-term growth and financial success.

Under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, each non-employee director was granted options to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock upon their election to our Board of Directors. In addition, each non-employee director was awarded an option to purchase an additional 3,000 shares of our common stock for each full year of service on our Board of Directors. The exercise price for each of these options was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the option was granted. The exercise price of an option was payable only in cash or an equivalent acceptable to our Compensation Committee. The Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan also permitted the “cashless” exercise of options granted under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. Options awarded under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan were not transferable other than as designated by the grantee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the option agreements pursuant to which such Options were awarded. Other than the options described in this paragraph, no non-employee director shall be eligible to receive any equity interest in the Company in consideration of such non-employee director’s service on our board.

Each of these options have a ten-year term. One-third of the options will be exercisable immediately upon grant, and one-half of the remaining portion of each option grant will vest and become exercisable on the first and second anniversary dates of the date of grant. Any options which remain unvested at the time a non-employee director’s service as a member of our board terminates shall terminate upon such termination of service unless such termination results from such non-employee director’s death or occurs upon a change of control, in which case all of such unvested options shall immediately vest upon such death or Change of Control (as defined in the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan). In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan), we may, after notice to the grantee, require the grantee to “cash out” his rights by transferring them to the Company in exchange for their equivalent “cash value.”

A total of 275,000 shares of common stock were reserved for grants of stock options under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. In March 2014, the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan was replaced and the Company will not make any further grants under this plan.
29

Tax Consequences. Under current tax laws, the grant of an option generally will not be a taxable event to the optionee, and we will not be entitled to a deduction with respect to such grant. Upon the exercise of an option, the non-employee director optionee will recognize ordinary income at the time of exercise equal to the excess of the then fair market value of the shares of common stock received over the exercise price. The taxable income recognized upon exercise of a nonqualified option will be treated as compensation income subject to withholding, and we will be entitled to deduct as a compensation expense an amount equal to the ordinary income an optionee recognizes with respect to such exercise. When common stock received upon the exercise of a nonqualified option subsequently is sold or exchanged in a taxable transaction, the holder thereof generally will recognize capital gain (or loss) equal to the difference between the total amount realized and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise; the character of such gain or loss as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss will depend upon the holding period of the shares following exercise.

Amendment and Termination. Our Board of Directors may from time to time amend, and our Board of Directors may terminate, the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, provided that no such action shall adversely affect any material vested benefits or rights under the Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan without the consent of the non-employee director affected by such action. In addition, no amendment may be made without the approval of our shareholders if shareholder approval is necessary in order to comply with applicable law.

2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan. On February 23, 2014, our Board of Directors approved our 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan (the “2014 Plan”). On March 31, 2014, our shareholders approved the 2014 Plan. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to enhance our value and promote our success by linking the individual interests of non-employee directors to the interests of our shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to our shareholders. The 2014 Plan is also intended to provide us with flexibility in our ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of such individuals upon whose judgment, interest, and performance our success is largely dependent. The 2014 Plan does not provide for awards to employees or consultants of the Company. The 2014 Plan supersedes and replaces our 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan in its entirety.

Director Equity Compensation Policy

As contemplated by the 2014 Plan, the Board adopted a director equity compensation policy (the “Policy”) upon effectiveness of the 2014 Plan. The Board may, at any time and from time to time, terminate, modify, amend or suspend the Policy; provided, however, that, without the prior consent of the Non-Employee Directors, no such action may adversely affect any rights or obligations with respect to any earned but unpaid Awards hereunder, whether or not the amounts of such Awards have been computed and whether or not such Awards are then payable. Each equity award described in the Policy shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

Under the 2014 Plan, upon a Non-Employee Director’s initial election or appointment (as applicable) to the Board on or after the effective date of the 2014 Plan, such Non-Employee Director shall automatically be granted, without further action by the Company, the Board, or the Company’s stockholders, an award of Restricted Stock Units (as defined in the 2014 Plan) to acquire a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole number) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) $100,000 by (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2014 Plan) of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant (rounded down to the nearest two decimal places) (each such grant, an “Initial RSU Award”). On the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders to occur on or after the effective date of the 2014 Plan, each Non-Employee Director shall automatically be granted, without further action by the Company, the Board, or the Company’s stockholders, an award of Restricted Stock Units to acquire a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole number) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) $50,000 by (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2014 Plan) of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant (rounded down to the nearest two decimal places) (each such grant, an “Annual RSU Award” and, together with the Initial RSU Awards, the “RSU Awards”).
30

One-third (1/3rd) of each RSU Award will vest on each of the first (1st), second (2nd) and third (3rd) anniversaries of the date of grant, subject to the holder’s continued status as a Non-Employee Director through each applicable vesting date; provided, however, that each RSU Award will vest in full (to the extent then-unvested) upon the holder’s Termination of Service (as defined in the 2014 Plan) due to his or her death.  In addition, each RSU Award will vest in full immediately prior to a Change in Control (as defined in the 2014 Plan), subject to the holder’s continued status as a Non-Employee Director through at least immediately prior to such Change in Control (as defined in the 2014 Plan).
On June 10, 2015, the Board amended and restated the Director Compensation Corporate Policy. The only change effectuated by the amendment and restatement was the date of the Annual RSU Awards, which was changed to the date of the adoption of the amendment and restatement and each anniversary thereof.

Description of the 2014 Plan

Eligibility; Administration

A Director of the Company who is not an officer or other employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) of the Company or of any Affiliate (each “Non-Employee Director”) will be eligible to receive awards under our 2014 Plan.trading symbol MPAA. As of March 31, 2017, nine Non-Employee Directors are eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan. Our 2014 Plan will be administered by our Board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to committees of our directors and/or officers, subject to certain limitations that may be imposed under applicable law or regulation, including Section 16 of the Exchange Act and/or stock exchange rules, as applicable. The plan administrator will have the authority to grant and set the terms of all awards under, make all determinations and interpretations under, prescribe all forms for use with, and adopt rules for the administration of, our 2014 Plan, subject to its express terms and conditions.

Under our 2014 Plan, an aggregate of 342,000 shares of our common stock are available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to our 2014 Plan, which shares may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares, or shares purchased in the open market. The number of authorized shares will be reduced by 1 share for each share issued pursuant to a stock option or SAR and by 1.7 shares for each share subject to a “full-value” equity award (which generally includes awards other than stock options and SARs, such as restricted stock and restricted stock units).

Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, stock payments, deferred stock, deferred stock units and SARs. Certain awards under our 2014 Plan may constitute or provide for a deferral of compensation, subject to Section 409A of the Code, which may impose additional requirements on the terms and conditions of such awards. All awards will be set forth in award agreements, which will detail all terms and conditions of the awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms. Awards will generally be settled in shares of our common stock, but the plan administrator may provide for cash settlement of any award. A brief description of each award type follows.

·
Stock Options. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant, except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to stock options, may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

·
Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (except with respect to certain substitute SARs granted in connection with a corporate transaction) and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the plan administrator may apply to SARs, and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.
31

·
Restricted Stock; Deferred Stock; RSUs; Performance Awards. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met, and which may be subject to a purchase price. For shares of restricted stock with performance-based vesting, dividends which are paid prior to vesting will only be paid to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the shares vest. Deferred stock and RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met. Delivery of the shares underlying these awards may be deferred under the terms of the award or at the election of the participant, if the plan administrator permits such a deferral. Performance awards are contractual rights to receive a range of shares of our common stock, cash, or a combination of cash and shares, in the future based on the attainment of specified performance goals, in addition to other conditions which may apply to these awards. Conditions applicable to restricted stock, deferred stock, RSUs and performance shares may be based on continuing service with us or our affiliates, the attainment of performance goals and/or such other conditions as the plan administrator may determine.

·
Stock Payments. Stock payments are awards of fully vested shares of our common stock that may, but need not be, made in lieu of base salary, bonus, fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to any individual who is eligible to receive awards.

·
Dividend Equivalent Rights. Dividend equivalent rights represent the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock and may be granted alone or in tandem with awards other than stock options or SARs. Dividend equivalents are credited as of dividend payments dates during the period between the date an award is granted and the date such award vests, is exercised, is distributed or expires, as determined by the plan administrator. Dividend equivalents with respect to an award with performance-based vesting that are based on dividends paid prior to the vesting of such award will only be paid to the extent that the performance-based vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied and the award vests.

Performance Awards. All awards may be granted as performance awards (in addition to those identified above as performance awards), meaning that any such award will be subject to vesting and/or payment based on the attainment of specified performance goals.

Certain Transactions. The plan administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of our 2014 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing and future awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and other corporate transactions. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders known as “equity restructurings,” the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to our 2014 Plan and outstanding awards. In the event of a change in control of the Company (as defined in our 2014 Plan), the surviving entity must assume outstanding awards or substitute economically equivalent awards for such outstanding awards; however, if the surviving entity refuses to assume or substitute for outstanding awards, then the administrator may cause all awards will vest in full immediately prior to the transaction. If the surviving entity assumes or substitutes for outstanding awards, and a participant undergoes a termination of employment by reason of “Involuntary Termination” or “Good Reason” (both as defined in our 2014 Plan) on or within two years following the change in control, then all of the participant’s awards assumed or substituted for will vest in full. Individual award agreements may provide for additional accelerated vesting and payment provisions.

Foreign Participants; Transferability; Participant Payments. The plan administrator may modify award terms, establish sub-plans and/or adjust other terms and conditions of awards, subject to the share limits described above, in order to facilitate grants of awards subject to the laws and/or stock exchange rules of countries outside of the United States. With limited exceptions for estate planning, domestic relations orders, certain beneficiary designations and the laws of descent and distribution, awards under our 2014 Plan are generally non-transferable prior to vesting and are exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding, exercise price and purchase price obligations arising in connection with awards under our 2014 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a “market sell order” or such other consideration as it deems suitable.
32

Plan Amendment and Termination. The Board may amend or terminate our 2014 Plan at any time; however, except in connection with certain changes in capital structure, shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that increases the number of shares available under our 2014 Plan or “reprices” any stock option or SAR (including any grant of cash or another award in respect of any stock option or SAR when the option or SAR price per share exceeds the fair market value of the underlying shares). No award may be granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan after the tenth anniversary of the date on which we adopt our 2014 Plan.

2014 Plan Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following is a general summary under current law of the material federal income tax consequences to participants in our 2014 Plan. This summary deals with the general tax principles that apply and is provided only for general information. Some kinds of taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes, are not discussed.

Non-Qualified Options. The grant of a NSO will not be a taxable event for the grantee or result in a compensation expense deduction for us. Upon exercising a NSO, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. Upon a subsequent sale or exchange of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a NSO, the grantee will have taxable capital gain or loss, measured by the difference between the amount realized on the disposition and the tax basis of the shares of common stock (generally, the amount paid for the shares plus the amount treated as ordinary income at the time the option was exercised).

If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Restricted Stock. A grantee who is awarded shares of restricted stock will not recognize any taxable income for federal income tax purposes in the year of the award, provided that the shares of common stock are subject to restrictions requiring the restricted stock to be nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. However, the grantee may elect under Section 83(b) of the Code to recognize compensation income in the year of the award in an amount equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the award, less the purchase price, if any, determined without regard to the restrictions. If the grantee does not make such a Section 83(b) election, the fair market value of the common stock on the date the restrictions lapse, less the purchase price, if any, will be treated as compensation income to the grantee and will be taxable in the year the restrictions lapse. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Restricted Stock Units. There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of restricted stock units under our 2014 Plan. A grantee who is awarded restricted stock units will be required to recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of shares issued to such grantee at the end of the restriction period or, if later, the date on which shares are delivered in respect of the RSUs. If the delivery date of the shares is deferred more than a short period after vesting, employment taxes will be due in the year of vesting. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Dividend Equivalent Awards. Grantees who receive dividend equivalent awards will be required to recognize ordinary income equal to the amount distributed to the grantee pursuant to the award. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Stock Appreciation Rights. There are no immediate tax consequences of receiving an award of SARs under the Incentive Award Plan. Upon exercising a SAR, a grantee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the common stock on the date of exercise. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.
33

Performance Share Awards. Grantees who receive performance share awards generally will not realize taxable income at the time of the grant of the performance shares, and we will not be entitled to a deduction at that time. When the award is paid, whether in cash or common stock, the grantee will have ordinary income, and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a corresponding deduction.

Stock Payment Awards. Grantees who receive a stock payment in lieu of a cash payment that would otherwise have been made will be taxed as if the cash payment has been received, and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will have a deduction in the same amount.

Deferred Stock. A grantee receiving deferred stock generally will not have taxable income upon the issuance of the deferred stock and we will not then be entitled to a deduction. However, when shares underlying the deferred stock are issued to the grantee, he or she will realize ordinary income and, if we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares at the date of issuance over the purchase price, if any, paid for the deferred stock. Employment taxes with respect to these awards will generally be due in the year of vesting

Performance Awards. The award of a performance or annual incentive award will have no federal income tax consequences for us or for the grantee. The payment of the award is taxable to a grantee as ordinary income. If we comply with applicable reporting requirements, we will be entitled to a business expense deduction in the same amount and generally at the same time as the grantee recognizes ordinary income.

Section 409A of the Code. Certain types of awards under our 2014 Plan, including, but not limited to RSUs and deferred stock, may constitute, or provide for, a deferral of compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code. Unless certain requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code are complied with, holders of such awards may be taxed earlier than would otherwise be the case (e.g., at the time of vesting instead of the time of payment) and may be subject to an additional 20% penalty tax (and, potentially, certain interest penalties). To the extent applicable, our 2014 Plan and awards granted under our 2014 Plan are intended to be structured and interpreted to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance that may be issued under Section 409A of the Code.

2017 Director Compensation

We use a combination of cash and equity incentives to compensate our non-employee directors. Directors who are also our employees received no compensation for their service on our Board of Directors in Fiscal 2017. To determine the appropriate level of compensation for our non-employee directors, we take into consideration the significant amount of time and dedication required by the directors to fulfill their duties on our Board of Directors and Board of Directors committees as well as the need to continue to attract highly qualified candidates to serve on our Board of Directors. The information provided in the following table reflects the compensation received by our directors for their service on our Board of Directors in Fiscal 2017.

Name 
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
  
Stock Awards
(1)
  
Option
Awards (1)
  
All Other
Compensation
  Total 
                
Scott J. Adelson $61,000  $50,000  $-  $-  $111,000 
Rudolph Borneo $90,000  $50,000  $-  $-  $140,000 
David Bryan $62,444  $150,000  $-  $-  $212,444 
Joseph Ferguson $67,444  $150,000  $-  $-  $217,444 
Philip Gay $106,000  $50,000  $-  $-  $156,000 
Duane Miller $88,500  $50,000  $-  $-  $138,500 
Jeffrey Mirvis $83,000  $50,000  $-  $-  $133,000 
Timothy D. Vargo $7,762  $100,000  $-  $-  $107,762 
Barbara L. Whittaker $7,762  $100,000  $-  $-  $107,762 

(1)Award amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards.
34

Each of our non-employee directors receives annual compensation of $40,000 and is paid a fee of $3,000 for attending each Board of Directors meeting, $2,000 for attending each Audit Committee meeting and $1,000 for each Compensation Committee meeting. Each director is also reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred to attend Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings. We pay Mr. Gay an additional $20,000 per year for assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of our Audit and Ethics Committees, we pay Mr. Borneo an additional $5,000 per year for assuming the responsibility for being Chairman of our Compensation Committee, and beginning August 2015 we pay Mr. Miller an additional $2,500 for being Chairman of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

Under our 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan, each non-employee director is granted an award of restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $100,000 upon their election to our Board of Directors. In addition, each non-employee director is awarded restricted stock units with a grant date fair value of $50,000 for each full year of service on our Board of Directors.

Indemnification of Executive Officers and Directors

Article Seven of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides, in part, that to the extent required by New York Business Corporation Law, or NYBCL, no director shall have any personal liability to us or our shareholders for damage for any breach of duty as such director, provided that each such director shall be liable under the following circumstances: (a) in the event that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director establishes that his acts or omissionsJune 8, 2020, there were in bad faith, involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that such director personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled or that such director’s acts violated Section 719 of the NYBCL or (b) for any act or omission prior to the adoption of Article Seven of our Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Article Nine of our Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that we shall indemnify any person, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of our Company or served any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at our request, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees incurred as a result of an action or proceeding, or any appeal therefrom, provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made to, or on behalf of, any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such director or officer establishes that (a) his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and, in either case, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or (b) he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.

We may purchase and maintain insurance for our own indemnification and for that of our directors and officers and other proper persons as described in Article Nine of our Amended and Restated Bylaws. We maintain and pay premiums for directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of New York and Sections 721-726 of Article 7 of the NYBCL provide for the indemnification and advancement of expenses to directors and officers. Section 721 of the NYBCL provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions contained in the NYBCL shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights which a director or officer seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, provided no indemnification may be made on behalf of any director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.

Section 722 of the NYBCL permits, in general, a New York corporation to indemnify any person made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she was a director or officer of that corporation, or served another entity in any capacity at the request of that corporation, against any judgment, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or any appeal therein, if such person acted in good faith, for a purpose he or she reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service of another entity, not opposed to, the best interests of that corporation and, in criminal actions or proceedings, who in addition had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. However, no indemnification may be made to, or on behalf of, any director or officer in a derivative suit in respect of (a) a threatened action or a pending action that is settled or otherwise disposed of or (b) any claim, issue or matter for which the person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that a court in which the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for that portion of settlement and expenses as the court deems proper.
35

Section 723 of the NYBCL permits a New York corporation to pay in advance of a final disposition of such action or proceeding the expenses incurred in defending such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount as, and to the extent, required by statute. Section 724 of the NYBCL permits a court to award the indemnification required by Section 722.

Section 725 provides for repayment of such expenses when the recipient is ultimately found not to be entitled to indemnification. Section 726 provides that a corporation may obtain indemnification insurance indemnifying itself and its directors and officers.

The foregoing is only a summary of the described sections of the NYBCL and our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Amended and Restated Bylaws and is qualified in its entirety by the reference to such sections and charter documents.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors determines the compensation of our officers and directors. None of our executive officers currently serves on the compensation committee or board of directors of any other company of which any members of our Board of Directors or our Compensation Committee is an executive officer.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management andRelated Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth, as of July 20, 2017, certain information as to the common stock ownership of each of our named executive officers, directors, all executive officers and directors as a group and all persons known by us to be the beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock. The percentage of common stock beneficially owned is based on 18,635,09918,972,380 shares of common stock outstanding asheld by 11 holders of July 20, 2017.record.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance withPurchases of Equity Securities by the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage of ownership held by that person, shares of common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of July 20, 2017 are deemed outstanding, while these shares are not deemed outstanding for determining the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of the stockholder is c/o Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. 2929 California Street, Torrance, CA 90503.
36

     Amount and Nature of  Percent of 
Name and address of Beneficial Shareholder    Beneficial Ownership (1)  Class 
BlackRock Fund Advisors  (2)  2,302,444   12.4%
55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055
            
Fine Capital Management, LLC  (2)   1,812,773   9.7 
590 Madison Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022
           
Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC  (2)   1,416,761   7.6 
225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110           
Wellington Management Company  (2)   1,177,095   6.3 
280 Congress Street, Boston, MA 02210           
River Road Asset Management Company  (2)   1,038,723   5.6 
462 South Fourth Street, Suite 2000, Louisville, KY 40202           
The Vanguard Group Inc.  (2)   993,275   5.3 
P.O. Box 1110, Valley Forge, PA 19482-1110           
Fidelity Investments Asset Management LLC  (2)   981,349   5.3 
900 Salem Street, Smithfield, RI 02917           
Dimensional Fund Advisors, L.P. (U.S.)  (2)   953,287   5.1 
1299 Ocean Ave, Santa Monica, CA 90401           
Selwyn Joffe  (3)   492,234   2.6 
Scott Adelson  (4)   52,282   * 
Rudolph Borneo  (5)   40,282   * 
Bryan David     1,853   * 
Ferguson Joseph Edwin     2,196   * 
Philip Gay  (6)   20,282   * 
Duane Miller  (7)   12,282   * 
Jeffrey Mirvis  (8)   49,282   * 
Doug Schooner  (9)   19,648   * 
Steven Kratz  (10)   74,021   * 
Michael Umansky  (11)   43,788   * 
David Lee  (12)   79,680   * 
Directors and executive officers as a group — 12 persons  (13)   887,830   4.7%

* Less than 1% of the outstanding common stock.Issuer

Share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 was as follows:

Periods 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
  
Average Price
Paid Per Share
  
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
  
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (1)
 
             
January 1 - January 31, 2020:            
Open market and privately negotiated purchases  -  $-   -  $21,308,000 
February 1 - February 29, 2020:                
Open market and privately negotiated purchases  -  $-   -   21,308,000 
March 1 - March 31, 2020:                
Open market and privately negotiated purchases  -  $-   -   21,308,000 
                 
Total  0       0  $21,308,000 


(1)The listed shareholders, unless otherwise indicated
As of March 31, 2020, $15,692,000 of the $37,000,000 had been utilized and $21,308,000 remained available to repurchase shares under the authorized share repurchase program, subject to the limit in our Amended Credit Facility. We retired the footnotes below, have direct ownership over the amount675,561 shares repurchased under this program through March 31, 2020. Our share repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any specific number of shares indicatedand shares may be repurchased in the table.
(2)Based on information contained in filings made by such stockholders with the SEC on as reported in each such stockholder’s most recent Schedule 13F filing. Since there may have been subsequent purchases privately negotiated and/or sales of securities, this information may not reflect the current holdings by these stockholders.
(3)Includes 351,433 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 8,333 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan.
(4)Includes 40,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
(5)Includes 18,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
(6)
Includes 18,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.open market transactions.
(7)Includes 9,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
37

(8)Includes 37,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
(9)
Includes 13,134 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 1,800 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan.
(10)Includes 65,067 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 2,267 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan
(11)Includes 35,801 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 1,467 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan.
(12)Includes 69,034 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 2,067 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan.
(13)Includes 534,469 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted and 15,934 shares of restricted stock units issuable under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan and 122,000 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options granted under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following summarizes our equity compensation plans as of March 31, 2017:2020:

Plan Category 
Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
(a)
   
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
warrants and rights
(b)
   
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c )
   
Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights
(a)
  
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
warrants and rights
(b)
  
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c )
 
Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders  1,162,636(1)  $14.92(2)   951,843(3)

       
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
  1,738,106(1) $18.18(2)  773,732(3)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders  N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A   N/A   N/A 
            
Total  1,162,636   $14.92    951,843    1,738,106  $18.18   773,732 


(1)
Consists of (i) stock options issued pursuant to our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan,under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, (ii) restricted stock units and Secondrestricted stock (collectively “RSUs”) and stock options issued under the Third Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”), and (ii) restricted stock units (“RSUs”)(iii) RSUs issued under our 2010 Plan and 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan (the “2014 Plan”).
(2)
The weighted average exercise price does not reflect the shares that will be issued in connection with the settlement of RSUs, since RSUs have no exercise price.
(3)
Consists of shares available for future issuance under our 2010 Plan and 2014 Plan.

20

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative return to holders of our common stock for the five years ending March 31, 2020 with the NASDAQ Composite Total Returns Index and the Zacks Retail and Wholesale Auto Parts Index. The comparison assumes $100 was invested at the close of business on March 31, 2015 in our common stock and in each of the comparison groups, and assumes reinvestment of dividends.


21

Table of ContentsItem 13. Certain Relationships
Item 6.Selected Financial Data

The following selected historical consolidated financial information for the periods indicated below has been derived from and Related Transactions,should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and Directorrelated notes thereto.

Factors affecting the comparability of our Selected Financial Data as follows:

Upon adoption of ASC 842, Leases, on April 1, 2019, right-of-use operating assets and operating lease liabilities were recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2020.
Prior to the retrospective adoption of ASC 606, Revenue from Contract with Customers, on April 1, 2018, we reported our core inventory as a long-term asset in our consolidated balance sheets.
IndependenceWe acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Mechanical Power Conversion, LLC in December 2018. We also completed the acquisitions of all of the equity interests of D&V Electronics Ltd. in July 2017 and Dixie Electric, Ltd. in January 2019.
 Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
Income Statement Data2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 
           
Net sales
 
$
535,831,000
  
$
472,797,000
  
$
427,548,000
  
$
422,058,000
  
$
369,670,000
 
Operating income
  
16,738,000
   
15,646,000
   
50,834,000
   
69,815,000
   
38,286,000
 
Net (loss) income
  
(7,290,000
)
  
(7,849,000
)
  
19,264,000
   
38,735,000
   
10,269,000
 
Basic net (loss) income per share
 
$
(0.39
)
 
$
(0.42
)
 
$
1.02
  
$
2.08
  
$
0.56
 
Diluted net (loss) income per share
 
$
(0.39
)
 
$
(0.42
)
 
$
0.99
  
$
1.99
  
$
0.54
 

  March 31, 
Balance Sheet Data  2020   2019   2018   2017   2016 
                     
Total assets
 
$
777,029,000
  
$
632,362,000
  
$
552,427,000
  
$
445,090,000
  
$
425,647,000
 
Working capital (1)
  
90,624,000
   
73,528,000
   
90,287,000
   
(17,710,000
)
  
11,391,000
 
Revolving loan
  
152,000,000
   
110,400,000
   
54,000,000
   
11,000,000
   
7,000,000
 
Term loan
  
24,140,000
   
27,872,000
   
16,981,000
   
19,999,000
   
23,047,000
 
Finance lease liabilities
  
5,964,000
   
4,508,000
   
5,084,000
   
2,512,000
   
2,608,000
 
Operating lease liabilities
  
66,529,000
   
-
   
-
   
-
   
-
 
Other long term liabilities
  
97,225,000
   
44,558,000
   
49,282,000
   
25,986,000
   
35,066,000
 
Shareholders’ equity
  
275,520,000
   
279,755,000
   
286,880,000
   
257,333,000
   
218,257,000
 


(1)
Our working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities.

22

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, our expectations and statements regarding our outlook and future revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, plans, strategies and objectives of management and any assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements and factors that might cause future actual results to differ materially from our recent results or those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or our risk factors for any reason.

Management Overview

We dohave been focused on implementing a multi-pronged platform for growth within the non-discretionary automotive aftermarket for the replacement parts and diagnostic testing industry, through organic growth and acquisitions. Our investments in infrastructure and human resources, including the consolidation of our distribution center in Mexico and the significant expansion of manufacturing capacity, are expected to be transformative and scalable. As a result, gross profit and net income have been impacted, and our future performance and opportunities should be considered with these factors in mind.

New products introduced through our growth strategies noted above include: (i) turbochargers through an acquisition in July 2016; (ii) brake power boosters in August 2016; (iii) the design and manufacture of diagnostics systems for alternators, starters, belt-start generators (stop start and hybrid technology), and electric power trains for electric vehicles through an acquisition in July 2017; (iv) the design and manufacture of advanced power emulators (AC and DC) and custom power electronic products for the automotive and aerospace industries through an acquisition in December 2018; (v) alternators and starters for medium and heavy duty trucks, industrial equipment, farm and agriculture, transit and emergency service vehicles, and marine applications through an acquisition in January 2019; and (vi) the addition of brake calipers in August 2019.

Impact of the Novel Coronavirus (“COVID-19”)

In March 2020, the WHO declared the outbreak of COVID-19 as a pandemic, which has spread globally and created significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption in many countries, including the countries in which we operate. National, state and local governments in these countries have implemented a variety of measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic that have the effect of restricting or limiting, among other activities, the operations of certain businesses.

Our business has continued to operate as we have been declared an essential business. We believe that the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic did not materially impact our financial results for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020; however, the effects of the pandemic on our financial results for the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and other future periods could be significant and cannot currently be reasonably estimated due to the significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption caused by the pandemic. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K for further discussion of the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have established a written policy applicablecommittee, comprised of our executive officers, to any transaction, arrangement or relationship between usoversee our risk identification, management and a related party. Our practice with regardsmitigation strategies regarding the impact of the pandemic on our business and operations. Among other significant risks that are actively being managed by the committee, are those relating to related party transactions has beenthe duration, severity and scope of the pandemic, the impact of governmental measures in response to the pandemic, potentially declining customer demand for our products, the deterioration of general economic conditions, potential disruptions in our supply chain, the management of inventories and production volumes, and cost reduction and cash preservation initiatives, including potential reductions in capital expenditures. The committee continues to meet on a regular basis, closely monitoring events related to the pandemic and any appropriate actions that may be taken, including monitoring of any temporary closures, measures to ensure our employees are safe, and ways to reduce the overall negative impact of the pandemic.

23

Additionally, as part of the cost reduction measures implemented in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, executive committee members have all agreed to at least a 25% reduction in base salary, until we believe it is fiscally responsible to reinstate the original base salaries. Our Board of Directors agreed to defer all board and committee fees and retainers, as well as waive any fees related to weekly board check in meetings, as long as the executive committee continues with a base salary reduction. We continue to analyze our cost structure and may implement additional cost reduction measures as may be necessary due to the on-going economic challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Segment Reporting

Pursuant to the guidance provided under the FASB ASC for segment reporting, we have identified our chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), reviewed the documents used by the CODM, and understand how such documents are used by the CODM to make financial and operating decisions. We have determined through this review process that our business comprises three separate operating segments. Two of the operating segments meet all of the aggregation criteria, and are aggregated. The remaining operating segment does not meet the quantitative thresholds for individual disclosure and we have combined our operating segments into a single reportable segment.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, in the United States. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail below and in Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we use estimates and assumptions for matters that are inherently uncertain. We base our estimates on historical experiences and reasonable assumptions. Our use of estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and the amount and timing of revenues and expenses we recognize for and during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from our estimates.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, there has been uncertainty and disruption in the global economy and financial markets. We are not currently aware of any specific event or circumstance that would require an update to our estimates or judgments or a committee thereof,revision of the carrying value of our assets or liabilities as of March 31, 2020. These estimates may change, as new events occur and additional information is obtained. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our remanufacturing operations include a core exchange program for the core portion of the finished good. The Used Cores that we acquire and are returned to us from our customers are a necessary raw material for remanufacturing. We also offer our customers marketing and other allowances that impact revenue recognition. These elements of our business give rise to more complex accounting than many businesses our size or larger.

New Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

Leases

In February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance that requires balance sheet recognition of a lease asset and lease liability by lessees for all leases, other than leases with a term of 12 months or less if the short-term lease exclusion expedient is elected. The new guidance also requires new disclosures providing additional qualitative and quantitative information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. The new guidance required a modified retrospective approach with optional practical expedients. The FASB provided entities with an additional transition method, which allows an entity to apply this guidance as of the beginning of the period of adoption instead of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the entity’s financial statements. We adopted this guidance on April 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and the optional transition method permitted by the FASB. We also elected certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, including the package of practical expedients, which allowed us not to reassess lease classification for leases that commenced prior to the adoption date. In addition, we elected to exempt leases with an initial term of 12 months or less from balance sheet recognition and, for all classes of assets, combining non-lease components with lease components.

24

Upon adoption, we recorded operating lease liabilities of $53,043,000 and corresponding operating lease assets of $50,773,000. The difference between the operating lease assets and liabilities recognized on our consolidated balance sheet primarily related to accrued rent on existing leases that were offset against the operating lease asset upon adoption. There was an immaterial reclassification of non-lease components to finance lease assets and finance lease liabilities upon adoption due to our election to combine non-lease components with lease components. The adoption of the new guidance did not have any impact on our rent expense and consolidated statement of cash flows. However, we have material nonfunctional currency leases that could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations. As required for other monetary liabilities, lessees shall remeasure a foreign currency-denominated lease liability using the exchange rate at each reporting date, but the lease assets are nonmonetary assets measured at historical rates, which are not affected by subsequent changes in the exchange rates. We recorded a loss of $11,710,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities during fiscal 2020. See Note 11 for additional discussion of the adoption of ASC 842 and the impact on our financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting pronouncement related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. This pronouncement, along with a subsequent ASU issued to clarify certain provisions of the new guidance, changes the impairment model for most financial assets and will require the use of an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. Under this model, entities will be required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. We will adopt this guidance on April 1, 2020 and the adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. Additionally, the adoption is not expected to have any significant impact on our business processes, systems and internal controls.

Fair Value Measurements

In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance, which changes the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, adding and modifying certain disclosures. The standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt this guidance on April 1, 2020 and the adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Income Taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance that simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

25

Reference Rate Reform

In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance that, for a limited time, eases the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. These amendments are effective immediately and may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. We are currently evaluating our contracts and the optional expedients provided by this guidance and the impact the new standard will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Inventory

Inventory is comprised of: (i) Used Core and component raw materials, (ii) work-in-process, and (iii) remanufactured and purchased finished goods.

Used Core, component raw materials, and purchased finished goods are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value.

Work-in-process is in various stages of production and is valued at the average cost of Used Cores and component raw materials issued to work orders still open, including allocations of labor and overhead costs. Historically, work-in-process inventory has not been material compared to the total inventory balance.

Remanufactured finished goods include: (i) the Used Core cost and (ii) the cost of component raw materials, and allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs (the “Unit Value”). The allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs are based on the actual use of the production facilities over the prior 12 months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the distortion in allocated labor and overhead costs that would occur during short periods of abnormally low or high production. In addition, we exclude certain unallocated overhead such as severance costs, duplicative facility overhead costs, start-up costs, training, and spoilage from the calculation and expenses these unallocated overhead as period costs. Purchased finished goods also include an allocation of fixed overhead costs.

The estimate of net realizable value is subjective and based on our judgment and knowledge of current industry demand and management’s projections of industry demand. The estimates may, therefore, be revised if there are changes in the overall market for our products or market changes that in our judgment, impact our ability to sell or liquidate potentially excess or obsolete inventory. Net realizable value is determined at least quarterly as follows:

Net realizable value for finished goods by customer by product line are determined based on the agreed upon selling price with the customer for a product in the trailing 12 months. We compare the average selling price, including any discounts and allowances, to the finished goods cost of on-hand inventory less any reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. Any reduction of value is recorded as cost of goods sold in the period in which the revaluation is identified.

Net realizable value for Used Cores are determined based on current core purchase prices from core brokers to the extent that core purchases in the trailing 12 months are significant. Remanufacturing consumes, on average, more than one Used Core for each remanufactured unit produced since not all Used Cores are reusable. The yield rates depend upon both the product and customer specifications. We purchase Used Cores from core brokers to supplement our yield rates and Used Cores not returned under the core exchange program. We also consider the net selling price our customers have agreed to pay for Used Cores that are not returned under our core exchange program to assess whether Used Core cost exceeds Used Core net realizable value on a by customer by product line basis. Any reduction of core cost is recorded as cost of goods sold in the period in which the revaluation is identified.

We record an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon recent sales history, the quantity of inventory on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of the inventory. We periodically review approve and/inventory to identify excess quantities and part numbers that are experiencing a reduction in demand. Any part numbers with quantities identified during this process are reserved for at rates based upon our judgment, historical rates, and consideration of possible scrap and liquidation values which may be as high as 100% of cost if no liquidation market exists for the part. As a result of this process, we recorded reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $13,208,000 and $11,899,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was primarily driven by our acquisition of Dixie.

26

We record vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories and are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold.

Inventory Unreturned

Inventory unreturned represents our estimate, based on historical data and prospective information provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that we expect to be returned, under our general right of return policy, after the balance sheet date. Inventory unreturned includes only the Unit Value of a finished good. The return rate is calculated based on expected returns within the normal operating cycle, which is generally one year. As such, the related amounts are classified in current assets. Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as our finished goods inventory.

Contract Assets

Contract assets consists of: (i) the core portion of the finished goods shipped to customers, (ii) upfront payments to customers in connection with customer contracts, (iii) core premiums paid to customers, and (iv) long-term core inventory deposits.

Remanufactured Cores held at customers’ locations as a part of the finished goods sold to the customer are classified as long-term contract assets. These assets are valued at the lower of cost or ratify such transactions as they arise. In making its determinationnet realizable value of Used Cores on hand (See Inventory above). For these Remanufactured Cores, we expect the finished good containing the Remanufactured Core to approve or ratify a transaction,be returned under our Boardgeneral right of Directors,return policy or a committee thereof, would considersimilar Used Core to be returned to us by the customer, under our core exchange program in each case, for credit. Remanufactured Cores and Used Cores returned by consumers to our customers but not yet returned to us are classified as “Cores expected to be returned by customers”, which are included in short-term contract assets until we physically receive them during our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year.

Upfront payments to customers represent the marketing allowances, such factors as (i)sign-on bonuses, slotting fees, and promotional allowances provided to our customers. These allowances are recognized as an asset and amortized over the extentappropriate period of time as a reduction of revenue if we expect to generate future revenues associated with the upfront payment. If we do not expect to generate additional revenue, then the upfront payment is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when payment occurs as a reduction of revenue. Upfront payments expected to be amortized during our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are classified as short-term contract assets.

Core premiums paid to customers represent the difference between the Remanufactured Core acquisition price paid to customers generally in connection with new business, and the related Used Core cost, which is treated as an asset and recognized as a reduction of revenue through the later of the date at which related party’s interestrevenue is recognized or the date at which the sales incentive is offered. We consider, among other things, the length of our largest ongoing customer relationships, duration of customer contracts, and the average life of vehicles on the road in determining the appropriate period of time over which to amortize these premiums. These core premiums are amortized over a period typically ranging from six to eight years, adjusted for specific circumstances associated with the arrangement. Core premiums are recorded as long-term contract assets. Core premiums expected to be amortized within our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are classified as short-term contract assets.

Long-term core inventory deposits represent the cost of Remanufactured Cores we have purchased from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the customers’ premises. The costs of these Remanufactured Cores were established at the time of the transaction (ii) if applicable,based on the availabilitythen current cost. The selling value of other sourcesthese Remanufactured Cores was established based on agreed upon amounts with these customers. We expect to realize the selling value and the related cost of comparable products or services, (iii) whetherthese Remanufactured Cores should our relationship with a customer end, a possibility that we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience.

27

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with our customers are satisfied; generally, this occurs with the related party transactiontransfer of control of our manufactured, remanufactured, or distributed products. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. Revenue is recognized net of all anticipated returns, including Used Core returns under the core exchange program, marketing allowances, volume discounts, and other forms of variable consideration.

Revenue is recognized either when products are no less favorable thanshipped or when delivered, depending on the applicable contract terms. Bill and hold shipments are shipped out to the customer as ex-works; in which the customer makes arrangements and is responsible for their shipping cost. No freight or shipping costs are accrued for revenue under the terms of shipments made as ex-works.

The price of a finished remanufactured product sold to customers is generally availablecomprised of separately invoiced amounts for the Remanufactured Core included in unaffiliated transactionsthe product (“Remanufactured Core value”) and the Unit Value. The Unit Value is recorded as revenue based on our then current price list, net of applicable discounts and allowances. The Remanufactured Core value is recorded as a net revenue based upon the estimate of Used Cores that will not be returned by the customer for credit. These estimates are subjective and based on management’s judgment and knowledge of historical, current, and projected return rates. As reconciliations are completed with the customers the actual rates at which Used Cores are not being returned may differ from the current estimates. This may result in periodic adjustments of the estimated contract asset and liability amounts recorded and may impact the projected revenue recognition rates used to record the estimated future revenue. These estimates may also be revised if there are changes in contractual arrangements with customers, or changes in business practices. A significant portion of the remanufactured automotive parts sold to customers are replaced by similar Used Cores sent back for credit by customers under like circumstances, (iv) the benefitcore exchange program (as described in further detail below). The number of Used Cores sent back under the core exchange program is generally limited to us, and (v) the aggregatenumber of similar Remanufactured Cores previously shipped to each customer.

Revenue Recognition — Core Exchange Program

Full price Remanufactured Cores: When remanufactured products are shipped, certain customers are invoiced for the Remanufactured Core value of the transaction.product at the full Remanufactured Core sales price. For these Remanufactured Cores, revenue is only recognized based upon an estimate of the rate at which these customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under the core exchange program. The remainder of the full price Remanufactured Core value invoiced to these customers is established as a long-term contract liability rather than being recognized as revenue in the period the products are shipped as we expect these Remanufactured Cores to be returned for credit under our core exchange program.

Nominal price Remanufactured Cores: Certain other customers are invoiced for the Remanufactured Core value of the product shipped at a nominal (generally $0.01 or less) Remanufactured Core price. For these nominal Remanufactured Cores, revenue is only recognized based upon an estimate of the rate at which these customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under the core exchange program. Revenue amounts are calculated based on contractually agreed upon pricing for these Remanufactured Cores for which the customers are not returning similar Used Cores. The remainder of the nominal price Remanufactured Core value invoiced to these customers is established as a long-term contract liability rather than being recognized as revenue in the period the products are shipped as we expect these Remanufactured Cores to be returned for credit under our core exchange program.

28

Revenue Recognition; General Right of Return

Customers are allowed to return goods that their end-user customers have returned to them, whether or not the returned item is defective (warranty returns). In addition, under the terms of certain agreements and industry practice, customers from time to time are allowed stock adjustments when their inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated sales to end-user customers (stock adjustment returns). Customers have various contractual rights for stock adjustment returns, which are typically less than 5% of units sold. In some instances, a higher level of returns is allowed in connection with significant restocking orders. The aggregate returns are generally limited to less than 20% of unit sales.

The allowance for warranty returns is established based on a historical analysis of the level of this type of return as a percentage of total unit sales. The allowance for stock adjustment returns is based on specific customer inventory levels, inventory movements, and information on the estimated timing of stock adjustment returns provided by customers. Stock adjustment returns do not occur at any specific time during the year. The return rate for stock adjustments is calculated based on expected returns within the normal operating cycle, which is generally one year.

The Unit Value of the warranty and stock adjustment returns are treated as reductions of revenue based on the estimations made at the time of the sale. The Remanufactured Core value of warranty and stock adjustment returns are provided for as indicated in the paragraph “Revenue Recognition – Core Exchange Program”.

As is standard in the industry, we only accept returns from on-going customers. If a customer ceases doing business with us, we have no further obligation to accept additional product returns from that customer. Similarly, we accept product returns and grant appropriate credits to new customers from the time the new customer relationship is established.

Contract Liability

Contract liability consists of: (i) customer allowances earned, (ii) accrued core payments, (iii) customer core returns accruals, (iv) core bank, and (v) customer deposits.

Customer allowances earned includes all marketing allowances provided to customers. Such allowances include sales incentives and concessions. Voluntary marketing allowances related to a single exchange of product are recorded as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are offered. Other marketing allowances, which may only be applied against future purchases, are recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract. Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the value of the incentive provided. Customer allowances to be provided to customers within our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Accrued core payments represent the sales price of Remanufactured Cores purchased from customers, generally in connection with new business, which are held by these customers and remain on their premises. The sales price of these Remanufactured Cores will be realized when our relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that we consider remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience. The payments to be made to customers for purchases of Remanufactured Cores within our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Customer core returns accruals represent the full and nominally priced Remanufactured Cores shipped to our customers. When we ship product, we recognize an obligation to accept a similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program based upon the Remanufactured Core price agreed upon by us and our customer. The contract liability related to Used Cores returned by consumers to our customers but not yet returned to us are classified as short-term contract liabilities until we physically receive these Used Cores as they are expected to be returned during our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

29

The core bank liability represents the full Remanufactured Core sales price for cores returned under our core exchange program. The payment for these returned cores will be made over a contractual repayment period pursuant to our agreement with this customer. Payments to be made within our normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Customer deposits represent the receipt of prepayments from customers for the obligation to transfer goods or services in the future. We classify these customer deposits as short-term contract liabilities as we expect to satisfy these obligations within our normal operating cycle, which generally one year and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Customer Finished Goods Returns Accrual

The customer finished goods returns accrual represents our estimate of our exposure to customer returns, including warranty returns, under our general right of return policy to allow customers to return items that their end user customers have returned to them and from time to time, stock adjustment returns when the customers’ inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated sales to end-user customers. The customer finished goods returns accrual represents the Unit Value of the estimated returns and is classified as a current liability due to the expectation that these returns will occur within the normal operating cycle of one year. Our customer finished goods returns accrual was $25,326,000 and $22,615,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method, which measures deferred income taxes by applying enacted statutory rates in effect at the balance sheet date to the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. The resulting asset or liability is adjusted to reflect changes in the tax laws as they occur. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We make these estimates and judgments about our future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with our future plans. A valuation allowance is established when we believe it is not more likely than not all or some of a deferred tax assets will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction in which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax assets arising primarily as a result of net operating loss carry-forwards and research and development credits in connection with our recent acquisitions have been offset completely by a valuation allowance due to the uncertainty of their utilization in future periods. Should the actual amount differ from our estimate, the amount of our valuation allowance could be impacted.

We have made an accounting policy election to recognize the U.S. tax effects of global intangible low-taxed income as a component of income tax expense in the period the tax arises.

Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.

30

The following summarizes certain key operating data for the periods indicated:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Gross profit percentage  22.1%  18.9%  25.0%
Cash flows provided by (used in) operations $18,795,000  $(40,328,000) $(13,944,000)
Finished goods turnover (1)  3.0   3.3   3.9 


(1)
Finished goods turnover is calculated by dividing the cost of goods sold for the year by the average between beginning and ending finished goods inventory values, for each fiscal year. We believe that this provides a useful measure of our ability to turn our inventory into revenues.

Fiscal 2020 Compared with Fiscal 2019

Net Sales and Gross Profit

The following summarizes net sales and gross profit:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
Net sales $535,831,000  $472,797,000 
Cost of goods sold  417,431,000   383,623,000 
Gross profit  118,400,000   89,174,000 
Gross profit percentage  22.1%  18.9%

Net Sales. Our net sales for fiscal 2020 increased by $63,034,000, or 13.3%, to $535,831,000 compared with net sales for fiscal 2019 of $472,797,000, reflecting continued growth across all of our product lines. In addition, our net sales for fiscal 2020 were positively impacted by: (i) our expansion of automotive aftermarket brake product offerings with the introduction of brake calipers in August 2019, which contributed net sales of $28,118,000 and (ii) $19,663,000 due to the full-year impact of acquisitions completed during the latter part of fiscal 2019.

Sales mix for fiscal 2020 compared with 2019 for: (i) rotating electrical products represented 73.3% versus 78.9%, (ii) wheel hubs, 14.9% versus 15.7%; (iii) brake-related products, which include brake calipers, brake boosters, brake master cylinders, and brake rotors, represented 8.9% versus 3.1% ; and (iv) diagnostics and other products, which include diagnostics systems, advanced power emulators used for the development of electric vehicles and aerospace applications, and custom power electronic products for quality control in the development and production of electric vehicles and turbochargers, represented 2.9% versus 2.3%.

Gross Profit. Our gross profit was $118,400,000, or 22.1% of net sales for fiscal 2020 compared with $89,174,000, or 18.9% of net sales for fiscal 2019.

The gross profit margin increase of 3.2% was primarily due to a lower non-cash quarterly revaluation of cores that are part of the finished goods on the customers’ shelves and lower customer allowances related to new business for fiscal 2020 as compared with fiscal 2019. The non-cash quarterly revaluation of cores that are part of the finished goods on the customers’ shelves (which are included in contract assets) to the lower of cost or net realizable value, resulted in a write-down of $10,799,000, which impacted gross margin by 2.0%, compared with $18,843,000, which impacted gross margin by 4.0%, for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Our gross profit for fiscal 2020 and 2019 was further impacted by: (i) transition expenses in connection with the expansion of our operations in Mexico of $8,337,000 and $8,178,000, respectively, (ii) amortization of core premiums paid to customers related to new business of $4,501,000 and $4,127,000, respectively, (iii) customer allowances and return accruals related to new business of $1,065,000 and $6,042,000, respectively, and (iv) net tariff costs of $1,067,000 and $1,526,000, respectively, which were paid for products sold before price increases were effective. Gross profit for fiscal 2020 was further impacted by a cost of $133,000 incurred in connection with the cancellation of a customer contract. In addition, gross profit for fiscal 2019 was impacted by core sales of $7,753,000, less related cost of goods sold of $7,750,000, and a cost of $767,000 incurred in connection with the cancellation of a customer contract, and a cost of goods sold impact of $104,000 for inventory step-up in connection with our December 2018 acquisition.

31

Operating Expenses

The following summarizes operating expenses:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
General and administrative $71,425,000  $45,972,000 
Sales and marketing  21,037,000   19,542,000 
Research and development  9,200,000   8,014,000 
         
Percent of net sales        
         
General and administrative  13.3%  9.7%
Sales and marketing  3.9%  4.1%
Research and development  1.7%  1.7%

General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2020 were $71,425,000, which represents an increase of $25,453,000, or 55.4%, from $45,972,000 for fiscal 2019. This increase was primarily due to: (i) a non-cash loss of $11,710,000 due to the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities at our Mexican subsidiary, (ii) a non-cash loss of $6,491,000 recorded during fiscal 2020 due to the change in the fair value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts compared to a non-cash loss of $972,000 recorded during fiscal 2019, (iii) $2,888,000 of increased bonus and other incentives, (iv) $1,485,000 of general and administrative expenses due to the full-year impact of our fiscal 2019 acquisitions, (v) $1,315,000 of expense in connection with our internal control remediation efforts, (vi) $1,206,000 for personnel to support our growth initiatives, (vii) $1,204,000 of increased professional services, (viii) $789,000 in aggregate foreign currency transaction losses, (ix) $571,000 of increased amortization of intangible assets in connection with our fiscal 2019 acquisitions, and (x) $544,000 of increased depreciation expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in share-based compensation expense of $1,423,000.

Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2020 increased $1,495,000, or 7.7%, to $21,037,000 from $19,542,000 for fiscal 2019. The increase was due primarily to: (i) $2,261,000 of increased sales and marketing expenses due to the full-year impact of our fiscal 2019 acquisitions and (ii) $722,000 for personnel to support our growth initiatives. These increases in sales and marketing expenses were partially offset by: (i) $701,000 of decreased marketing expenses related to product changeovers in connection with new business, (ii) $401,000 of decreased trade shows expenses, and (iii) $291,000 of decreased travel.

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased by $1,186,000, or 14.8%, to $9,200,000 for fiscal 2020 from $8,014,000 for fiscal 2019. The increase was primarily due to: (i) $866,000 of increased research and development expenses due to the full year impact of our fiscal 2019 acquisitions and (ii) $474,000 for personnel to support our growth initiatives. These increases were partially offset by $221,000 of decreased supplies.

Interest Expense

Interest Expense, net. Our interest expense, net for fiscal 2020 increased $1,812,000, or 7.8%, to $25,039,000 from $23,227,000 for fiscal 2019. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to increased average outstanding borrowings to support our growth initiatives, including our product line expansion and our inventory levels. The increased utilization of our accounts receivable discount programs was offset by a decrease in the weighted average discount rate from these programs.

32

Provision for Income Taxes

Income Tax. We recorded an income tax benefit of $1,011,000, or an effective tax rate of 12.2%, compared to income tax expense $268,000, or an effective tax rate of (3.5%), for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2020 was impacted by net operating loss carry-backs in connection with the CARES Act. In addition, the effective tax rate for each year was impacted by (i) valuation allowances, (ii) the impact of the non-deductible executive compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), and (iii) foreign income taxed at rates that are different from the federal statutory rate.

Fiscal 2019 Compared with Fiscal 2018

Net Sales and Gross Profit

The following summarizes net sales and gross profit:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2019  2018 
       
Net sales $472,797,000  $427,548,000 
Cost of goods sold  383,623,000   320,515,000 
Gross profit  89,174,000   107,033,000 
Gross profit percentage  18.9%  25.0%

Net Sales. Our net sales for fiscal 2019 increased by $45,249,000, or 10.6%, to $472,797,000 compared with net sales for fiscal 2018 of $427,548,000, reflecting strong growth in market share for our rotating electrical products. In addition, our net sales were positively impacted by sales of diagnostic equipment, which benefitted from our acquisitions of D&V Electronics. We achieved record sales despite significant customer allowances related to new business and increased stock adjustment accruals, which were a reduction of our recognized sales (as discussed below in the Gross Profit paragraph).

Sales mix for fiscal 2019 compared with 2018 for (i) rotating electrical products represented 78.9% versus 78.2% (ii) wheel hubs, 15.7% versus 16.9%; (iii) brake-related products, which include brake calipers, brake boosters, brake master cylinders, and brake rotors, represents 3.1% versus 3.4% ; and (iv) diagnostics and other products, which include diagnostics systems, advanced power emulators used for the development of electric vehicles and aerospace applications, and custom power electronic products for quality control in the development and production of electric vehicles and turbochargers, represents 2.3% versus 1.5%.

Gross Profit. Our gross profit percentage was 18.9% for fiscal 2019 compared with 25.0% for fiscal 2018. Gross profit for fiscal 2019 was impacted by (i) transition expenses of $8,178,000 in connection with the expansion of our operations in Mexico, which began in late fiscal 2018, (ii) $6,042,000 of customer allowances and stock adjustment costs related to new business and product line expansion, (iii) $4,127,000 of amortization of core premiums paid to customers related to new business, (iv) net tariff costs of $1,526,000 paid for products sold before these expenses were passed-through to customers, (v) core sales of $7,753,000, less related cost of goods sold of $7,750,000, and a fixed allowance cost of $767,000 in connection with the cancellation of a customer contract, and (vi) a cost of goods sold impact of $104,000 for inventory step-up in connection with our December 2018 acquisition of E&M. In addition, gross margins were impacted by several factors including higher freight and wage costs, higher costs related to development and testing of our new diagnostic equipment product line, overtime and other costs related to ramping up for new business, and other strategic initiatives for growth.

33

Gross profit for fiscal 2018 was impacted by (i) $5,303,000 for customer allowances and initial return and stock adjustment accruals related to new business, (ii) $3,588,000 of amortization of core premiums paid to customers related to new business, and (iii) transition expenses of $1,831,000 in connection with the expansion of our operations in Mexico, and (iv) a cost of goods sold impact of $269,000 for inventory step-up in connection with our July 2017 acquisition of D&V.

In addition, our gross profit was further impacted by the non-cash quarterly revaluation write-down of $18,843,000 for fiscal 2019 and $9,091,000 for fiscal 2018 for remanufactured cores held at customers’ locations, which are included in contract assets. Core costs are dictated by supply and demand for cores in the core broker market.

Operating Expenses

The following summarizes operating expenses:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2019  2018 
       
General and administrative $45,972,000  $35,477,000 
Sales and marketing  19,542,000   15,030,000 
Research and development  8,014,000   5,692,000 
         
Percent of net sales        
         
General and administrative  9.7%  8.3%
Sales and marketing  4.1%  3.5%
Research and development  1.7%  1.3%

General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2019 were $45,972,000, which represents an increase of $10,495,000, or 29.6%, from general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2018 of $35,477,000. This increase was primarily due to (i) $1,798,000 of increased share-based compensation expense, (ii) a loss of $972,000 recorded during fiscal 2019 due to the change in the fair value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts compared with a gain of $752,000 recorded during fiscal 2018, (iii) $1,493,000 of increased general and administrative expenses primarily at our Mexico location to support our growth initiatives, (iv) $1,324,000 of increased professional services primarily due to increased audit fees, costs incurred in connection with the revision of our previously issued financial statements, and for the adoption of ASC 842, (v) $989,000 of increased general and administrative expenses attributable to our July 2017 acquisition of D&V due to the full-year impact of the acquisition and increased amortization of intangible assets, (vi) $878,000 of increased depreciation, (vii) $931,000 of acquisition costs, (viii) $852,000 in general and administrative expenses for our fiscal 2019 acquisitions, and (ix) $739,000 of net increases in general and administrative expenses due primarily to fluctuations in Asian foreign currency exchange rates. During fiscal 2018, a gain of $2,313,000 was recorded in general and administrative expenses due to the change in the fair value of the warrant liability. The warrants were exercised on September 8, 2017. The increase in general and administrative expense was partially offset by a $2,581,000 decrease in bonus expense.

Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses for fiscal 2019 increased $4,512,000, or 30.0%, to $19,542,000 from $15,030,000 for fiscal 2018. The increase was due primarily to (i) $1,143,000 of increased commissions due to increased sales, (ii) $833,000 of increased marketing expenses related to product changeovers in connection with new business, (iii) $815,000 of increased sales and marketing expenses attributable to our July 2017 acquisition of D&V due to the full-year impact of the acquisition and increased personnel, (iv) $514,000 of increased trade show expenses, (v) $448,000 for personnel to support our growth initiatives, (vi) $486,000 in sales and marketing expenses for our fiscal 2019 acquisitions, and (vii) $209,000 of increased advertising expense.

Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased by $2,322,000, or 40.8%, to $8,014,000 for fiscal 2019 from $5,692,000 for fiscal 2018. The increase was due primarily to (i) $1,180,000 for personnel to support our new product growth initiatives, (ii) $550,000 of increased supplies, (iii) $207,000 of increased research and development expenses attributable to our July 2017 acquisition of D&V due to the full-year impact of the acquisition and increased personnel, (iv) $221,000 of research and development expenses for our fiscal 2019 acquisitions, (v) $81,000 of increased travel, and (vi) $58,000 of increased outside services.

34

Interest Expense

Interest Expense, net. Our interest expense, net for fiscal 2019 increased $7,782,000, or 50.4%, to $23,227,000 from $15,445,000 for fiscal 2018. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to (i) an increase in the utilization of and higher interest rates on our accounts receivable discount programs, (ii) increased average outstanding borrowings as we build our inventory levels to support anticipated higher sales, (iii) the write-off of $303,000 of previously capitalized debt issuance costs in connection with the amendment to our credit facility, and (iv) higher interest rates on our average outstanding borrowings under our credit facility.

Provision for Income Taxes

Income Tax. We recorded an income tax expense of $268,000, or an effective tax rate of (3.5%), for fiscal 2019, which was impacted by the statute lapses for various uncertain tax positions and return to provision adjustments, and finalization of provisional estimates under Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118. We recorded income tax expense, as adjusted, for fiscal 2018 of $16,125,000, or an effective tax rate of 45.6%, which was significantly impacted by the enactment of the Act on December 22, 2017. In addition, the effective tax rate for each year was impacted by valuation allowances recorded in connection with our recent acquisitions.

The Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, required companies to pay a one-time transition tax on earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, and created new taxes on certain foreign sourced earnings. During the year ended March 31, 2018, we recorded provisional amounts by applying the guidance in SAB 118, as we had not yet completed the accounting for the tax effects of enactment of the Act. We recorded a one-time provisional non-cash tax charge of $2,709,000 due to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The one-time transition tax was estimated and recorded as a one-time provisional income tax expense of $530,000 at March 31, 2018.

As the measurement under SAB 118 ended during fiscal 2019, we completed our accounting analysis of the cumulative foreign earnings, transitional tax liability, and non-cash tax charge for deferred revaluation under the Act. Fiscal 2019 included a reduction of $50,000 to the provisional transition tax amount and a $102,000 increase to non-cash charge due to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities previously reported under SAB 118. Additionally, our U.S. tax return for the period ended March 31, 2018 was filed and any changes to the tax positions for temporary differences compared with the estimates used resulted in an adjustment of the estimated tax expense recorded as of March 31, 2018. Despite the completion of our accounting for the Act under SAB 118, many aspects of the law remain unclear and we expect ongoing guidance to be issued at both the federal and state levels. We will continue to monitor and assess the impact of any new developments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

We had working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) of $90,624,000 and $73,528,000, a ratio of current assets to current liabilities of 1.3:1.0, at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in working capital was due primarily to higher cash and accounts receivable balances partially offset by increased borrowing under our credit facility.

In June 2019, we entered into a second amendment to the credit facility, which, among other things, increased our revolving loan facility from $200,000,000 to $238,620,000.

We generated cash during the year ended March 31, 2020 from operations, the use of receivable discount programs, and from our credit facility. As we manage through the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have access to our existing cash, as well as our available credit facilities to meet short-term liquidity needs. We believe our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, use of receivable discount programs, amounts available under our credit facility, and other sources are sufficient to satisfy our expected future working capital needs, repayment of the current portion of our term loans, and lease and capital expenditure obligations over the next 12 months.

35

Cash Flows

The following summarizes cash flows as reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows:

  Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
Cash provided by (used in):         
Operating activities $18,795,000  $(40,328,000) $(13,944,000)
Investing activities  (11,594,000)  (22,610,000)  (15,278,000)
Financing activities  32,153,000   59,936,000   33,142,000 
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents  351,000   (136,000)  100,000 
             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $39,705,000  $(3,138,000) $4,020,000 
             
Additional selected cash flow data:            
Depreciation and amortization $9,561,000  $7,329,000  $4,508,000 
Capital expenditures  14,156,000   11,149,000   9,933,000 

Fiscal 2020 Compared with Fiscal 2019

Net cash provided by operating activities was $18,795,000 during fiscal 2020 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $40,328,000 during fiscal 2019. Our operating activities were significantly impacted by our growth initiatives, including our product line expansion, and our inventory levels.

Net cash used in investing activities was $11,594,000 and $22,610,000 during fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively.
This change was due primarily to no acquisition-related activities and redemptions of short-term investments partially offset by increased purchases of plant and equipment for our current operations and the expansion of our operations in Mexico during fiscal 2020.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $32,153,000 and $59,936,000 during fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The significant change in our financing activities during fiscal 2020 as compared with fiscal 2019 was due mainly to lower net borrowings under our credit facility partially offset by the payment of $1,955,000 in contingent consideration liabilities during fiscal 2020. In addition, during fiscal 2019, we used $4,062,000 for share repurchases.

Fiscal 2019 Compared with Fiscal 2018

Net cash used in operating activities was $40,328,000 and $13,944,000 during fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our operating activities were significantly impacted by our growth initiatives, including our product line expansion. Fiscal 2019 operating activities include: (i) expenses incurred in connection with the expansion of our Mexico operations, (ii) the build-up of inventory to support anticipated higher sales, and (iii) payments made to customers of $28,270,000 during fiscal 2019 for core buy-backs made in connection with new business expansion.

Net cash used in investing activities was $22,610,000 and $15,278,000 during fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.
This change was due primarily to our increased acquisition-related activities and capital expenditures, which was primarily for the purchase of equipment for our current operations and the expansion of our operations in Mexico.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $59,936,000 and $33,142,000 during fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. The significant change in our financing activities during fiscal 2019 as compared with fiscal 2018 was due mainly to increased net borrowing under our credit facility.

36

Capital Resources

Debt

We are party to a $230,000,000 senior secured financing, (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, consisting of: (i) a $200,000,000 revolving loan facility, subject to borrowing base restrictions, a $20,000,000 sublimit for borrowings by Canadian borrowers, and a $15,000,000 sublimit for letters of credit (the “Revolving Facility”) and (ii) a $30,000,000 term loan facility (the “Term Loans”). The loans under the Credit Facility mature on June 5, 2023. The Credit Facility permits the payment of up to $20,000,000 of dividends and share repurchases per fiscal year, subject to a minimum availability threshold and pro forma compliance with financial covenants. In connection with the Credit Facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all of our assets.

In June 2019, we entered into a second amendment to the Credit Facility (“Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the total size of the Revolving Facility to $238,620,000, (ii) modified the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant, (iii) modified the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”, (iv) modified the borrowing base definition to, among other things, include brake-related products as eligible inventory, (v) increased the letter of credit sublimit to $20,000,000, (vi) increased the Canadian revolving sublimit and swing line sublimit to $24,000,000, (vii) increased the swing line sublimit to $23,862,000, (viii) permitted up to $5,000,000 of sale and lease back transactions per fiscal year, (ix) increased the permitted amount of certain capital expenditures, (x) increased the permitted amount of operating lease obligations per fiscal year, and (xi) increased certain other covenant-related baskets. We capitalized $973,000 of new debt issuance costs in connection with the Second Amendment, which is included in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2020.

The Term Loans require quarterly principal payments of $937,500. The Credit Facility bears interest at rates equal to either LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%, 2.50% or 2.75% or a reference rate plus a margin of 1.25%, 1.50% or 1.75%, in each case depending on the senior leverage ratio as of the applicable measurement date. There is also a facility fee of 0.375% to 0.50%, depending on the senior leverage ratio as of the applicable measurement date. The interest rate on our Term Loans and Revolving Facility was 4.34% and 3.64%, at March 31, 2020, respectively, and 5.24% at March 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility, among other things, requires us to maintain certain financial covenants including a maximum senior leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. We were in compliance with all financial covenants at March 31, 2020. Our Consolidated EBITDA for the purposes of bank covenant calculations was $80,131,000 for fiscal 2020.

The following summarizes the financial covenants required under the Credit Facility:

  
Financial covenants
required per the Credit
Facility
  Calculation as of
March 31, 2020
 
       
Maximum senior leverage ratio
  
3.00
   
2.23
 
Minimum fixed charge coverage ratio
  
1.10
   
1.44
 

In light of COVID-19, we elected to not pay down our Revolving Facility and we accumulated cash of $49,616,000 as of March 31, 2020. Our credit arrangement only allows up to $6,000,000 of credit for cash when computing the senior leverage ratio. If we had paid down the Revolving Facility with cash on hand, our senior leverage ratio would have been 1.77. In addition to other covenants, the Credit Facility places limits on our ability to incur liens, incur additional indebtedness, make loans and investments, engage in mergers and acquisitions, engage in asset sales, redeem or repurchase capital stock, alter the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries, transact with affiliates, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt, and amend or otherwise alter debt agreements.

37

We had $152,000,000 and $110,400,000 outstanding under the Revolving Facility at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, $3,579,000 was reserved for letters of credit at March 31, 2020. At March 31, 2020, after certain adjustments, $58,461,000 was available under the Revolving Facility.

Receivable Discount Programs

We use receivable discount programs with certain customers and their respective banks. Under these programs, we have options to sell those customers’ receivables to those banks at a discount to be agreed upon at the time the receivables are sold. These discount arrangements allow us to accelerate receipt of payment on customers’ receivables. While these arrangements have reduced our working capital needs, there can be no assurance that these programs will continue in the future. Interest expense resulting from these programs would increase if interest rates rise, if utilization of these discounting arrangements expands, if customers extend their payment to us, or if the discount period is extended to reflect more favorable payment terms to customers.

The following is a summary of the receivable discount programs:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
Receivables discounted $461,484,000  $396,650,000 
Weighted average days  346   341 
Weighted average discount rate  3.3%  4.2%
Amount of discount as interest expense $14,780,000  $15,867,000 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At March 31, 2020, we had no off-balance sheet financing or other arrangements with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships (such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities) established for purposes of facilitating off-balance sheet financing or other debt arrangements or for other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Multi-year Customer Agreements

We have or are renegotiating long-term agreements with many of our major customers. Under these agreements, which in most cases have initial terms of at least four years, we are designated as the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of our products. Because of the very competitive nature of the market and the limited number of customers for these products, our customers have sought and obtained price concessions, significant marketing allowances and more favorable delivery and payment terms in consideration for our designation as a customer’s exclusive or primary supplier. These incentives differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support for a particular customer’s research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iii) discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product, and (iv) other marketing, research, store expansion or product development support. These contracts typically require that we meet ongoing performance standards. Our contracts with our customers expire at various dates through December 2024.

While these longer-term agreements strengthen our customer relationships, the increased demand for our products often requires that we increase our inventories and personnel. Customer demands that we purchase their Remanufactured Core inventory also require the use of our working capital. The marketing and other allowances we typically grant our customers in connection with our new or expanded customer relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues, profitability and associated cash flows from these arrangements. However, we believe the investment we make in these new or expanded customer relationships will improve our overall liquidity and cash flow from operations over time.

38

Director Independence
Share Repurchase Program

Information regarding the independenceOur board of directors have approved a stock repurchase program of up to $37,000,000 of our directors cancommon stock. As of March 31, 2020, $15,692,000 had been utilized and $21,308,000 remained available to repurchase shares under the authorized share repurchase program, subject to the limit in our Credit Facility. We retired the 675,561 shares repurchased under this program through March 31, 2020. Our share repurchase program does not obligate us to acquire any specific number of shares and shares may be foundrepurchased in Item 10 “Directors, Executive Officersprivately negotiated and/or open market transactions.

Subsequent Event

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken proactive steps to manage our costs and Corporate Governance - Corporate Governance,bolster our liquidity, including increasing the level of receivables collected under our receivable discount programs. During April 2020, we collected $59,730,000 of receivables under these programs, with $1,552,000 in interest expense associated with these accounts receivable sales, which was higher than our average monthly utilization of these programs.

Additionally, as part of the cost reduction measures implemented by us in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, executive committee members have all agreed to at least a 25% reduction in base salary, until we believe it is fiscally responsible to reinstate the original base salaries. Our Board of Directors agreed to defer all board and Committees ofcommittee fees and retainers, as well as waive any fees related to weekly board check in meetings, as long as the Board of Directors.”executive committee continues with a base salary reduction. We continue to analyze our cost structure and may implement additional cost reduction measures as may be necessary due to the on-going economic challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Item 14. Principal Accountant FeesCapital Expenditures and ServicesCommitments

Our total capital expenditures, including capital leases and non-cash capital expenditures, were $19,511,000 for fiscal 2020 and $12,051,000 for fiscal 2019. These capital expenditures primarily include the purchase of equipment for our current operations and the expansion of our operations in Mexico. We expect to incur approximately $6,300,000 of capital expenditures for our current operations and approximately $11,000,000 for continued expansion of our operations in Mexico during fiscal 2021. We have used and expect to continue using our working capital and additional capital lease obligations to finance these capital expenditures.

39

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments as of March 31, 2020 and the total feeseffect such obligations could have on our cash flows in future periods:

  Payments Due by Period 
Contractual Obligations Total  
Less than
1 year
  
2 to 3
years
  
4 to 5
years
  
More than 5
years
 
                
Finance lease obligations (1)
 $6,425,000  $2,292,000  $3,280,000  $853,000   - 
Operating lease obligations (2)
  117,097,000   11,427,000   21,002,000   16,745,000  $67,923,000 
Revolving loan (3)
  152,000,000   -   -   152,000,000   - 
Term loan (4)
  26,893,000   4,720,000   8,944,000   13,229,000   - 
Accrued core payment (5)
  14,787,000   8,486,000   6,301,000   -   - 
Core bank liability (6)
  11,163,000   874,000   2,332,000   2,332,000   5,625,000 
Unrecognized tax benefits (7)
  -   -   
-
   -   - 
Other long-term obligations (8)
  44,013,000   25,896,000   10,539,000   4,911,000   2,667,000 
                     
Total $372,378,000  $53,695,000  $52,398,000  $190,070,000  $76,215,000 



(1)
Finance lease obligations represent amounts due under finance leases for various types of equipment.

(2)
Operating lease obligations represent amounts due for rent under our leases for all our facilities (including one new building leases entered in connection with the expansion of our operations in Mexico and the renewal of one building lease in Canada), certain equipment, and our Company automobile.

(3)
Our revolving loan obligations are under our current Credit Facility that matures on June 5, 2023. This debt is classified as a short term liability on our balance sheet as we expect to use our working capital to repay the amounts outstanding under our revolving loan.

(4)
Term loan obligations represent the amounts due for principal payments as well as interest payments to be made. Interest payments were calculated based upon the interest rate for our term loan using the LIBOR option at March 31, 2020, which was 4.34%.

(5)
Accrued core payment represents the amounts due for principal of $14,124,000 and interest payments of $663,000 to be made in connection with the purchases of Remanufactured Cores from our customers, which are held by these customers and remain on their premises.

(6)
The core bank liability represents the amounts due for principal of $8,084,000 and interest payments of $3,079,000 to be made in connection with the return of Used Cores from our customers.

(7)
We are unable to reliably estimate the timing of future payments related to uncertain tax position liabilities at March 31, 2020; therefore, future tax payment accruals related to uncertain tax positions in the amount of $1,011,000 have been excluded from the table above.

(8)
Other long-term obligations represent commitments we have with certain customers to provide marketing allowances in consideration for multi-year customer agreements to provide products over a defined period. We are not obligated to provide these marketing allowances should our business relationships end with these customers.

40

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our primary market risk relates to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, and customer credit. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. As our overseas operations expand, our exposure to the risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations will continue to increase.

Interest rate risk

We are exposed to changes in interest rates primarily as a result of our borrowing and receivable discount programs, which have interest costs that vary with interest rate movements. Our credit facility bears interest at variable base rates, plus an applicable margin. At March 31, 2020, our net debt obligations totaled $176,140,000. If interest rates were to increase 1%, our net annual interest expense would have increased by approximately $1,761,000. In addition, for each $10,000,000 of accounts receivable we paiddiscount over a period of 180 days, a 1% increase in interest rates would increase our interest expense by $50,000.

Foreign currency risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk inherent in our anticipated purchases and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We transact business in the following foreign currencies; Mexican pesos, Malaysian ringit, Singapore dollar, Chinese yuan, and the Canadian dollar. Our primary currency risks result from fluctuations in the value of the Mexican peso and to a lesser extent the Chinese yuan. To mitigate these risks, we enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for these foreign currencies. The extent to which we use forward foreign currency exchange contracts is periodically reviewed in light of our estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements. The use of derivative financial instruments allows us to reduce our exposure to the risk that the eventual net cash outflow resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by changes in exchange rates. These contracts generally expire in a year or less. Any changes in the fair values of our forward foreign currency exchange contracts are reflected in current period earnings. Based upon our forward foreign currency exchange contracts related to these currencies, an increase of 10% in exchange rates at March 31, 2020 would have increased our general and administrative expenses by approximately $3,252,000. During fiscal 2020 and 2019, losses of $6,491,000 and $972,000, respectively, were recorded in general and administrative expenses due to the change in the value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts subsequent to entering into the contracts. In addition, we recorded a loss of $11,710,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities during fiscal 2020.

Credit Risk

We regularly review our accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality and age of the accounts receivable, and the current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay such amounts owed to us. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts that, in our opinion, provides for an adequate reserve to cover losses that may be incurred.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item is set forth in the consolidated financial statements, commencing on page F-1 included herein.

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

41

Management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and Chief Accounting Officer (“CAO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,”) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO, CFO and CAO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures, and is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on this evaluation, our CEO, CFO and CAO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of March 31, 2020.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020 using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, our management, including our CEO and CFO, has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2020.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020 has been audited by the Company’s independent certifiedregistered public accountants,accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP,LLP. Their assessment is included in the accompanying Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

Remediation of Material Weakness

Throughout the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company undertook remediation measures related to the previously reported material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting. We completed these remediation measures in the quarter ended March 31, 2020, including testing of the design and concluding on the operating effectiveness of the related controls.

Specifically, we undertook the following remediation measures:

1.Management hired additional finance and accounting personnel with the requisite experience and skill levels, supplemented by third-party technical accounting resources to enable the proper and timely review of accounting analyses and memos in various technical areas.
2.Management formalized the assessment and documentation of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting policies and procedures and enhance controls over the monitoring of compliance with these accounting policies and procedures.
3.Management enhanced the accounting and internal control training program provided to new and existing subsidiaries. Management enhanced its internal control processes to continuously monitor the subsidiaries’ compliance with and documentation of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting policies and procedures, including internal control over financial reporting.
4.Management enhanced and will continue to enhance the risk assessment process and design of internal control over financial reporting at D&V Electronics Ltd. (D&V). This includes implementation of compensating controls, enhanced and revised design of existing transaction level and financial reporting controls at D&V, and enhancements in the documentation of transaction-level controls being performed at D&V.

42

Based on these procedures, we believe that the previously reported material weaknesses have been remediated. However, completion of remediation procedures for professional services providedthese material weaknesses does not provide assurance that our modified controls will continue to operate properly or that our financial statements will be free from error.

Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than described above in this Item 9A, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our internal control performed during the following fiscal years ended March 31:
  2017  2016  2015 
Audit Fees $1,640,000  $1,623,000  $1,676,000 
Tax Fees  251,000   234,000   168,000 
All Other Fees  39,000   -   - 
             
Total $1,930,000  $1,857,000  $1,844,000 
Audit fees in Fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of (i) the audit ofperiod covered by this report, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our annual financial statements, (ii) the reviews of our quarterly financial statements, and (iii) audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Tax fees in Fiscal 2017, 2016Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Management recognizes that a control system, no matter how well conceived and 2015 related primarily tooperated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the preparation of federal and state tax returns, transfer pricing, and federal and state examinations.
Our Audit Committee must pre-approve all audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors and will not approve any services that are not permitted by SEC rules. Allobjectives of the auditcontrol system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and non-audit related feesthe benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in Fiscal 2017, 2016all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and 2015 were pre-approvedinstances of fraud or error, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake.

Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the Audit Committee.individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

3943

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement in connection with our next Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”).

Item 11.Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Item 15 . Exhibits, Financial Statement
a.Documents filed as part of this report:

(1)Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
53
Consolidated Balance Sheets
F-1
Consolidated Statements of Operations
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
F-3
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6

(2)Schedules.

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
S-1
Exhibits.
(3)Exhibits:

NumberDescription of ExhibitMethod of Filing
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2 declared effective on March 22, 1994 (the “1994 Registration Statement”).
3.2
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-97498) declared effective on November 14, 1995 (the “1995 Registration Statement”).
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997.
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1998 (the “1998 Form 10-K”).
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to the Company’s proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the SEC on November 25, 2003.
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2010.
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 17, 2014.
Amendment to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2016.

The following exhibits are filed with this Amendment:

45

Number           Description of Exhibit           Method of Filing          
     
Amendment to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2017.
2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2004 Annual Shareholders Meeting.
2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on December 15, 2010.
Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 5, 2013.
Second Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 3, 2014.
2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 3, 2014.
Third Amended and Restated 2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on November 20, 2017.
10.1
Amendment to Lease, dated October 3, 1996, by and between the Company and Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. relating to additional property in Torrance, California
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the December 31, 1996 Form 10-Q.
10.2
Lease Agreement, dated September 19, 1995, by and between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and the Company relating to the Company’s facility located in Torrance, California
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the 1995 Registration Statement.
Form of Indemnification Agreement for officers and directors
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the 1997 Registration Statement.
Second Amendment to Lease, dated March 15, 2002, between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd. and the Company relating to property in Torrance, California
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the 2003 10-K.
Form of Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease, dated May 25, 2004, between the Company and Golkar Enterprises, Ltd for property located at 530 Maple Avenue, Torrance, California
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the 2004 10-K.

NumberDescription of ExhibitMethod of Filing          
Build to Suit Lease Agreement, dated October 28, 2004, among Motorcar Parts de Mexico, S.A. de CV, the Company and Beatrix Flourie Geoffroy
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2004.
Lease Agreement Amendment, dated October 12, 2006, between the Company and Beatrix Flourie Geoffroy
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 20, 2006.
Third Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2006, between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and Golkar Enterprises, Ltd.
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2006.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, by and between the Company and Selwyn Joffe
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009.
Fifth Amendment, dated as of November 17, 2011, to that certain Standard Industrial Commercial Single Tenant Lease-Gross, dated as of September 19, 1995, between Golkar Enterprises, Ltd and Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., as amended
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2011.
Employment Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2012, between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., and Selwyn Joffe
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2012.
Form of Stock Option Notice for use in connection with stock options granted to Selwyn Joffe pursuant to the Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2013.
Form of Stock Option Agreement for use in connection with stock options granted to Selwyn Joffe pursuant to the Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. 2010 Incentive Award Plan
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 12, 2013.
Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2015, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 8, 2015.

NumberDescription of Exhibit          Method of Filing          
First Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2015, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2015.
Consent and Second Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2016, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2016.
Third Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2017, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2017.
Fourth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 24, 2017, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 27, 2017.
Fifth Amendment to Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2017, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 24, 2017.
Amended and Restated Credit Facility, dated as of June 5, 2018, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2018.
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2018, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., D & V Electronics Ltd., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 20, 2018.

NumberDescription of ExhibitMethod of Filing          
Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2019, between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., and Selwyn Joffe
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 11, 2019.
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2019, among Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., D&V Electronics Ltd., Dixie Electric Ltd., Dixie Electric Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2019.
Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2020, between Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., and Selwyn Joffe
Filed herewith.
Motorcar Parts of America, Inc., Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as amended, effective January 15, 2015
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2015.
List of Subsidiaries
Filed herewith.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Ernst & Young LLP
Filed herewith.
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 
Filed herewith.
     
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 
Filed herewith.
     
 
Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 
Filed herewith.
     
 
Certifications of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002
 
Filed herewith.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
Filed herewith.
101.SCM
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Filed herewith.
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Filed herewith.
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
Filed herewith.
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Filed herewith.
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
Filed herewith.


*Portions of this exhibit have been granted confidential treatment by the SEC.

4049

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in those agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

None.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
 
    
Dated: July 31, 2017June 15, 2020
By:
/s/ David Lee
David Lee 
  
David Lee
Chief Financial Officer
 
    
Dated: July 31, 2017June 15, 2020
By:
/s/ Kevin Daly
Kevin DalyKamlesh Shah 
  
Kamlesh Shah
Chief Accounting Officer
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K/A10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

/s/ Selwyn Joffe
Chief Executive Officer and DirectorJuly 31, 2017
June 15, 2020
Selwyn Joffe(Principal Executive Officer) 
   
/s/ David Lee
Chief Financial Officer
July 31, 2017
David Lee(Principal (Principal Financial Officer)
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Kevin DalyKamlesh Shah
Chief Accounting Officer
July 31, 2017
Kevin DalyKamlesh Shah(Principal (Principal Accounting Officer)
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Scott Adelson
DirectorJuly 31, 2017
Scott AdelsonDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Rudolph Borneo
DirectorJuly 31, 2017
Rudolph BorneoDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Philip Gay
DirectorJuly 31, 2017
Philip GayDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Duane MillerDirectorJuly 31, 2017
Duane MillerDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Jeffrey Mirvis
DirectorJuly 31, 2017
Jeffrey MirvisDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ David Bryan
DirectorJuly 31, 2017
David BryanDirector
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Joseph FergusonDirectorJuly 31, 2017
Joseph Ferguson
/s/ Timothy D. VargoDirectorJuly 31, 2017
Timothy D. Vargo
June 15, 2020
   
/s/ Barbara L. WhittakerDirectorJuly 31, 2017
Barbara L. Whittaker  
Barbara WhittakerDirector
June 15, 2020

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONTENTS

Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
53
Consolidated Balance Sheets
F-1
Consolidated Statements of Operations
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
F-3
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-6
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
S-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedule and our report dated June 15, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Los Angeles, California
June 15, 2020

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at March 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated June 15, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of ASU No. 2016-02

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in the year ended March 31, 2020 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and the related amendments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2007.
Los Angeles, California
June 15, 2020

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
ASSETS      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $49,616,000  $9,911,000 
Short-term investments  850,000   3,273,000 
Accounts receivable — net  91,748,000   56,015,000 
Inventory — net  225,659,000   233,726,000 
Inventory unreturned  9,021,000   8,469,000 
Contract assets  20,332,000   22,183,000 
Income tax receivable  3,282,000   10,009,000 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  8,608,000   9,296,000 
Total current assets  409,116,000   352,882,000 
Plant and equipment — net  44,957,000   35,151,000 
Operating lease assets  53,029,000   - 
Long-term deferred income taxes  18,950,000   9,746,000 
Long-term contract assets  239,540,000   221,876,000 
Goodwill  3,205,000   3,205,000 
Intangible assets — net  6,393,000   8,431,000 
Other assets  1,839,000   1,071,000 
TOTAL ASSETS $777,029,000  $632,362,000 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $78,664,000  $92,461,000 
Accrued liabilities  16,419,000   14,604,000 
Customer finished goods returns accrual  25,326,000   22,615,000 
Contract liabilities  27,911,000   30,599,000 
Revolving loan  152,000,000   110,400,000 
Other current liabilities  9,390,000   4,990,000 
Operating lease liabilities  5,104,000   - 
Current portion of term loan  3,678,000   3,685,000 
Total current liabilities  318,492,000   279,354,000 
Term loan, less current portion  20,462,000   24,187,000 
Long-term contract liabilities  92,101,000   40,889,000 
Long-term deferred income taxes  79,000   257,000 
Long-term operating lease liabilities  61,425,000   - 
Other liabilities  8,950,000   7,920,000 
Total liabilities  501,509,000   352,607,000 
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders' equity:        
Preferred stock; par value $.01 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued  -   - 
Series A junior participating preferred stock; par value $.01 per share, 20,000 shares authorized; none issued
  -   - 
Common stock; par value $.01 per share, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 18,969,380 and 18,817,400 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
  190,000   188,000 
Additional paid-in capital  218,581,000   215,047,000 
Retained earnings  64,117,000   71,407,000 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (7,368,000)  (6,887,000)
Total shareholders' equity  275,520,000   279,755,000 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $777,029,000  $632,362,000 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Net sales $535,831,000  $472,797,000  $427,548,000 
Cost of goods sold  417,431,000   383,623,000   320,515,000 
Gross profit  118,400,000   89,174,000   107,033,000 
Operating expenses:            
General and administrative  71,425,000   45,972,000   35,477,000 
Sales and marketing  21,037,000   19,542,000   15,030,000 
Research and development  9,200,000   8,014,000   5,692,000 
Total operating expenses  101,662,000   73,528,000   56,199,000 
Operating income  16,738,000   15,646,000   50,834,000 
Interest expense, net  25,039,000   23,227,000   15,445,000 
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense  (8,301,000)  (7,581,000)  35,389,000 
Income tax (benefit) expense  (1,011,000)  268,000   16,125,000 
             
Net (loss) income $(7,290,000) $(7,849,000) $19,264,000 
             
Basic net (loss) income per share $(0.39) $(0.42) $1.02 
Diluted net (loss) income per share $(0.39) $(0.42) $0.99 
             
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:            
Basic  18,913,788   18,849,909   18,854,993 
Diluted  18,913,788   18,849,909   19,514,775 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Net (loss) income $(7,290,000) $(7,849,000) $19,264,000 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:            
Unrealized gain on short-term investments (net of tax of $0, $0, and $118,000, respectively)
  -   -   218,000 
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain  (481,000)  (713,000)  1,795,000 
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax  (481,000)  (713,000)  2,013,000 
             
Comprehensive (loss) income $(7,771,000) $(8,562,000) $21,277,000 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

  Common Stock             
  Shares  Amount  
Additional Paid-in
Capital Common
Stock
  Retained Earnings  
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive (Loss)
Income
  Total 
                   
Balance at March 31, 2017  18,648,854  $186,000  $205,646,000  $59,246,000  $(7,441,000) $257,637,000 
                         
Compensation recognized under employee stock plans  -   -   3,766,000   -   -   3,766,000 
Exercise of stock options  55,351   1,000   480,000   -   -   481,000 
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of RSUs, net of shares withheld for employee taxes
  47,508   1,000   (597,000)  -   -   (596,000)
Repurchase and cancellation of treasury stock, including fees  (374,740)  (4,000)  (9,247,000)  -   -   (9,251,000)
Exercise of warrant for shares of common stock  516,129   5,000   13,561,000   -   -   13,566,000 
Unrealized gain on investments, net of tax  -   -   -   -   218,000   218,000 
Foreign currency translation  -   -   -   -   1,795,000   1,795,000 
Net income  -   -   -   19,264,000   -   19,264,000 
                         
Balance at March 31, 2018  18,893,102  $189,000  $213,609,000  $78,510,000  $(5,428,000) $286,880,000 
                         
Cumulative-effect adjustment for the adoption of ASU 2016-01  -   -   -   746,000   (746,000)  - 
                         
Balance at April 1, 2018  18,893,102  $189,000  $213,609,000  $79,256,000  $(6,174,000) $286,880,000 
                         
Compensation recognized under employee stock plans  -   -   5,564,000   -   -   5,564,000 
Exercise of stock options  42,032   1,000   256,000   -   -   257,000 
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of RSUs, net of shares withheld for employee taxes
  46,081   -   (322,000)  -   -   (322,000)
Repurchase and cancellation of treasury stock, including fees  (163,815)  (2,000)  (4,060,000)  -   -   (4,062,000)
Foreign currency translation  -   -   -   -   (713,000)  (713,000)
Net loss  -   -   -   (7,849,000)  -   (7,849,000)
                         
Balance at March 31, 2019  18,817,400  $188,000  $215,047,000  $71,407,000  $(6,887,000) $279,755,000 
                         
Compensation recognized under employee stock plans  -   -   4,141,000   -   -   4,141,000 
Exercise of stock options  59,600   1,000   456,000   -   -   457,000 
Issuance of common stock upon vesting of RSUs, net of shares withheld for employee taxes
  92,380   1,000   (1,063,000)  -   -   (1,062,000)
Foreign currency translation  -   -   -   -   (481,000)  (481,000)
Net loss  -   -   -   (7,290,000)  -   (7,290,000)
                         
Balance at March 31, 2020  18,969,380  $190,000  $218,581,000  $64,117,000  $(7,368,000) $275,520,000 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
Cash flows from operating activities:
         
Net (loss) income 
$
(7,290,000
)
 
$
(7,849,000
)
 
$
19,264,000
 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:            
Depreciation and amortization  
7,791,000
   
6,135,000
   
3,798,000
 
Amortization of intangible assets  
1,770,000
   
1,194,000
   
710,000
 
Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs  
819,000
   
951,000
   
1,060,000
 
Amortization of interest on contract liabilities, net  
713,000
   
909,000
   
670,000
 
Amortization of core premiums paid to customers  
4,501,000
   
4,127,000
   
3,588,000
 
Non-cash lease expense  
5,808,000
   
-
   
-
 
Loss due to the remeasurement of lease liabilities  
11,710,000
   
-
   
-
 
Foreign currency remeasurement loss  
818,000
   
-
   
-
 
(Gain) loss due to the change in the fair value of the contingent consideration  
(98,000
)
  
324,000
   
-
 
Gain on short-term investments  
(96,000
)
  
(89,000
)
  
-
 
Gain due to the change in the fair value of the warrant liability  
-
   
-
   
(2,313,000
)
Net provision for inventory reserves  
13,372,000
   
11,153,000
   
8,491,000
 
Net provision for customer payment discrepancies  
1,626,000
   
731,000
   
998,000
 
Net provision for doubtful accounts  
610,000
   
224,000
   
21,000
 
Deferred income taxes  
(10,337,000
)
  
(3,063,000
)
  
1,548,000
 
Share-based compensation expense  
4,141,000
   
5,564,000
   
3,766,000
 
Loss on disposal of plant and equipment  
15,000
   
41,000
   
161,000
 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:            
Accounts receivable  
(38,078,000
)
  
10,214,000
   
(3,298,000
)
Inventory  
(6,112,000
)
  
(76,213,000
)
  
(33,655,000
)
Inventory unreturned  
(552,000
)
  
(961,000
)
  
73,000
 
Income tax receivable  
6,753,000
   
(2,039,000
)
  
(6,312,000
)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  
(416,000
)
  
234,000
   
(965,000
)
Other assets  
(1,109,000
)
  
(299,000
)
  
(120,000
)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
(11,253,000
)
  
16,572,000
   
(11,671,000
)
Customer finished goods returns accrual  
2,725,000
   
4,588,000
   
138,000
 
Contract assets, net  
(15,835,000
)
  
(2,096,000
)
  
(25,028,000
)
Contract liabilities, net  
43,372,000
   
(11,894,000
)
  
23,871,000
 
Operating lease liabilities  
(4,726,000
)
  
-
   
-
 
Other liabilities  
8,153,000
   
1,214,000
   
1,261,000
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities  
18,795,000
   
(40,328,000
)
  
(13,944,000
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
            
Purchase of plant and equipment  
(14,156,000
)
  
(11,149,000
)
  
(9,933,000
)
Purchase of business, net of cash acquired  
-
   
(11,106,000
)
  
(4,993,000
)
Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment  
43,000
   
-
   
-
 
Redemptions of (payments for) short term investments  
2,519,000
   
(355,000
)
  
(352,000
)
Net cash used in investing activities  
(11,594,000
)
  
(22,610,000
)
  
(15,278,000
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
            
Borrowings under revolving loan  
75,000,000
   
102,900,000
   
84,000,000
 
Repayments under revolving loan  
(33,400,000
)
  
(46,500,000
)
  
(41,000,000
)
Borrowings under term loan  
-
   
13,594,000
   
-
 
Repayments of term loan  
(3,750,000
)
  
(2,656,000
)
  
(3,125,000
)
Payments for debt issuance costs  
(973,000
)
  
(1,815,000
)
  
(462,000
)
Payments on finance lease obligations  
(2,164,000
)
  
(1,460,000
)
  
(905,000
)
Payment of contingent consideration  
(1,955,000
)
  
-
   
-
 
Exercise of stock options  
457,000
   
257,000
   
481,000
 
Cash used to net share settle equity awards  
(1,062,000
)
  
(322,000
)
  
(596,000
)
Repurchase of common stock, including fees  
-
   
(4,062,000
)
  
(9,251,000
)
Exercise of warrant  
-
   
-
   
4,000,000
 
Net cash provided by financing activities  
32,153,000
   
59,936,000
   
33,142,000
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  
351,000
   
(136,000
)
  
100,000
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
39,705,000
   
(3,138,000
)
  
4,020,000
 
Cash and cash equivalents — Beginning of period
  
9,911,000
   
13,049,000
   
9,029,000
 
Cash and cash equivalents — End of period
 
$
49,616,000
  
$
9,911,000
  
$
13,049,000
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
            
Cash paid for Interest, net 
$
23,558,000
  
$
21,148,000
  
$
13,623,000
 
Cash paid for Income taxes, net of refunds  
1,500,000
   
3,588,000
   
19,657,000
 
Cash paid for operating leases  
8,212,000
   
-
   
-
 
Cash paid for finance leases  
2,445,000
   
-
   
-
 
Plant and equipment acquired under finance lease  
3,144,000
  

902,000
  

3,478,000
 
Assets acquired under operating leases  
18,528,000
   
-
   
-
 
Contingent consideration  
-
   
4,400,000
   
-
 
Non-cash capital expenditures  
2,211,000
   
-
   
-
 

The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements are an integral part hereof.

MOTORCAR PARTS OF AMERICA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Company Background and Organization

Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”, or “MPA”) is a leading supplier of automotive aftermarket non-discretionary replacement parts and diagnostic equipment. These replacement parts are primarily sold to automotive retail chain stores and warehouse distributors throughout North America and to major automobile manufacturers for both their aftermarket programs and warranty replacement programs (“OES”). The Company’s diagnostic equipment primarily serves the global automotive component and powertrain testing market. The Company’s products include (i) rotating electrical products such as alternators and starters, (ii) wheel hub assemblies and bearings, (iii) brake-related products, which include brake calipers, brake boosters, and brake master cylinders, and (iv) diagnostics and other products, which include diagnostics systems, advanced power emulators used for the development of electric vehicles and aerospace applications, and custom power electronic products for quality control in the development and production of electric vehicles and turbochargers.

The Company primarily ships its products from its facilities and various third-party warehouse distribution centers in North America, including the Company’s 410,000 square foot distribution center in Tijuana, Mexico.

The recent outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has led to adverse impacts on the U.S. and global economies and created uncertainty regarding potential impacts to the Company’s employees, supply chain, operations, and customer demand. The COVID-19 pandemic could impact the Company’s operations and the operations of its customers, suppliers and vendors as a result of quarantines, facility closures, and travel and logistics restrictions. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including, but not limited to the duration, spread, severity, and impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its customers, suppliers, and vendors and the remedial actions and stimulus measures adopted by local, state and federal governments, and to what extent normal economic and operating conditions can resume. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic has subsided, the Company may continue to experience adverse impacts to its business as a result of any economic recession or depression that has occurred or may occur in the future. Therefore, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the impact at this time.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

New Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

Leases

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new guidance that requires balance sheet recognition of a lease asset and lease liability by lessees for all leases, other than leases with a term of 12 months or less if the short-term lease exclusion expedient is elected. The new guidance also required new disclosures providing additional qualitative and quantitative information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. The new guidance requires a modified retrospective approach with optional practical expedients. The FASB provided entities with an additional transition method, which allows an entity to apply this guidance as of the beginning of the period of adoption instead of the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the entity’s financial statements. The Company adopted this guidance on April 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach and the optional transition method permitted by the FASB. The Company also elected certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, including the package of practical expedients, which allowed it not to reassess lease classification for leases that commenced prior to the adoption date. In addition, the Company elected to exempt leases with an initial term of 12 months or less from balance sheet recognition and, for all classes of assets, combining non-lease components with lease components.

Upon adoption, the Company recorded operating lease liabilities of $53,043,000 and corresponding operating lease assets of $50,773,000. The difference between the operating lease assets and liabilities recognized on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets primarily related to accrued rent on existing leases that were offset against the operating lease asset upon adoption. There was an immaterial reclassification of non-lease components to finance lease assets and finance lease liabilities upon adoption due to the Company’s election to combine non-lease components with lease components. The adoption of the new guidance did not have any impact on the Company’s rent expense and consolidated statement of cash flows. However, the Company has material nonfunctional currency leases that could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As required for other monetary liabilities, lessees shall remeasure a foreign currency-denominated lease liability using the exchange rate at each reporting date, but the lease assets are nonmonetary assets measured at historical rates, which are not affected by subsequent changes in the exchange rates. The Company recorded a loss of $11,710,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities during year ended March 31, 2020. See Note 11 for additional discussion of the adoption of ASC 842 and the impact on the Company’s financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

In June 2016, the FASB issued an accounting pronouncement related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. This pronouncement, along with a subsequent Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) issued to clarify certain provisions of the new guidance, changes the impairment model for most financial assets and will require the use of an “expected loss” model for instruments measured at amortized cost. Under this model, entities will be required to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on such instruments and record an allowance to offset the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. This pronouncement is effective for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company will adopt this guidance on April 1, 2020 and the adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. In addition, the adoption is not expected to have any significant impact on the Company’s business processes, systems and internal controls.

Fair Value Measurements

In August 2018, the FASB issued guidance, which changes the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, adding and modifying certain disclosures. The standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance on April 1, 2020 and the adoption is not expected to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Income Taxes

In December 2019, the FASB issued guidance that simplifies the accounting for income taxes, eliminates certain exceptions within ASC 740, Income Taxes, and clarifies certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistent application. This guidance is effective for annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Reference Rate Reform

In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance that, for a limited time, eases the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The new guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. The amendments apply only to contracts and hedging relationships that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. These amendments are effective immediately and may be applied prospectively to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated on or before December 31, 2022. The Company is currently evaluating its contracts and the optional expedients provided by this guidance and the impact the new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motorcar Parts of America, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Segment Reporting

Pursuant to the guidance provided under the Financial Accounting Statement Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) for segment reporting, the Company has identified its chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), reviewed the documents used by the CODM, and understands how such documents are used by the CODM to make financial and operating decisions. The Company has determined through this review process that its business comprises three separate operating segments. Two of the operating segments meet all of the aggregation criteria, and are aggregated. The remaining operating segment does not meet the quantitative thresholds for individual disclosure and the Company has combined its operating segments into one reportable segment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash primarily consists of cash on hand and bank deposits. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of less than three months at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained with various financial institutions.

Accounts Receivable

The allowance for doubtful accounts is developed based upon several factors including customer credit quality, historical write-off experience and any known specific issues or disputes which exist as of the balance sheet date. Accounts receivable are written off only when all collection attempts have failed. The Company does not require collateral for accounts receivable.

The Company has receivable discount programs that have been established with certain major customers and their respective banks. Under these programs, the Company has the option to sell those customers’ receivables to those banks at a discount to be agreed upon at the time the receivables are sold. Once the customer chooses which outstanding invoices are going to be made available for discounting, the Company can accept or decline the bundle of invoices provided. The receivable discount programs are non-recourse, and funds cannot be reclaimed by the customer or its bank after the related invoices have been discounted.

Inventory

Inventory is comprised of: (i) Used Core and component raw materials, (ii) work-in-process, (iii) remanufactured finished goods and purchased finished goods.

Used Core, component raw materials, and purchased finished goods are stated at the lower of average cost or net realizable value.

Work-in-process is in various stages of production and is valued at the average cost of Used Cores and component raw materials issued to work orders still open, including allocations of labor and overhead costs. Historically, work-in-process inventory has not been material compared to the total inventory balance.

Remanufactured finished goods include: (i) the Used Core cost and (ii) the cost of component raw materials, and allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs (the “Unit Value”). The allocations of labor and variable and fixed overhead costs are based on the actual use of the production facilities over the prior 12 months which approximates normal capacity. This method prevents the distortion in allocated labor and overhead costs that would occur during short periods of abnormally low or high production. In addition, the Company excludes certain unallocated overhead such as severance costs, duplicative facility overhead costs, start-up costs, training, and spoilage from the calculation and expenses these unallocated overhead as period costs. Purchased finished goods also include an allocation of fixed overhead costs.

The estimate of net realizable value is subjective and based on management’s judgment and knowledge of current industry demand and management’s projections of industry demand. The estimates may, therefore, be revised if there are changes in the overall market for the Company’s products or market changes that in management’s judgment, impact its ability to sell or liquidate potentially excess or obsolete inventory. Net realizable value is determined at least quarterly as follows:

Net realizable value for finished goods by customer by product line are determined based on the agreed upon selling price with the customer for a product in the trailing 12 months. The Company compares the average selling price, including any discounts and allowances, to the finished goods cost of on-hand inventory less any reserve for excess and obsolete inventory. Any reduction of value is recorded as cost of goods sold in the period in which the revaluation is identified.

Net realizable value for Used Cores are determined based on current core purchase prices from core brokers to the extent that core purchases in the trailing 12 months are significant. Remanufacturing consumes, on average, more than one Used Core for each remanufactured unit produced since not all Used Cores are resuable. The yield rates depend upon both the product and consumer specifications. The Company purchases Used Cores from core brokers to supplement its yield rates and Used Cores not returned under the core exchange program. The Company also considers the net selling price its customers have agreed to pay for Used Cores that are not returned under its core exchange program to assess whether Used Core cost exceeds Used Core net realizable value on a by customer by product line basis. Any reduction of core cost is recorded as cost of goods sold in the period in which the revaluation is identified.

The Company records an allowance for potentially excess and obsolete inventory based upon recent sales history, the quantity of inventory on-hand, and a forecast of potential use of the inventory. The Company periodically reviews inventory to identify excess quantities and part numbers that are experiencing a reduction in demand. Any part numbers with quantities identified during this process are reserved for at rates based upon management’s judgment, historical rates, and consideration of possible scrap and liquidation values which may be as high as 100% of cost if no liquidation market exists for the part. As a result of this process, the Company recorded reserves for excess and obsolete inventory of $13,208,000 and $11,899,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was primarily driven by the Company’s January 2019 acquisition of Dixie Electric, Ltd. (see Note 3 below).

The Company records vendor discounts as a reduction of inventories and are recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as the inventories are sold.

Inventory Unreturned

Inventory unreturned represents the Company’s estimate, based on historical data and prospective information provided directly by the customer, of finished goods shipped to customers that the Company expects to be returned under its general right of return policy, after the balance sheet date. Inventory unreturned includes only the Unit Value of a finished good. The return rate is calculated based on expected returns within the normal operating cycle, which is generally one year. As such, the related amounts are classified in current assets. Inventory unreturned is valued in the same manner as the Company’s finished goods inventory.

Contract Assets

Contract assets consists of: (i) the core portion of the finished goods shipped to the Company’s customers, (ii) upfront payments to customers in connection with customer contracts, (iii) core premiums paid to customers, and (iv) long-term core inventory deposits.

Remanufactured Cores held at customers’ locations as a part of the finished goods sold to the customer are classified as long-term contract assets. These assets are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value of Used Cores on hand (See Inventory above). For these Remanufactured Cores, the Company expects the finished good containing the Remanufactured Core to be returned under the Company’s general right of return policy or a similar Used Core to be returned to the Company by the customer, under the Company’s core exchange program in each case, for credit. The Remanufactured Cores and Used Cores returned by consumers to the Company’s customers but not yet returned to the Company are classified as “Cores expected to be returned by customers”, which are included in short-term contract assets until the Company physically receives them during its normal operating cycle, which is generally one year.

Upfront payments to customers represent the marketing allowances, such as sign-on bonuses, slotting fees, and promotional allowances provided by the Company to its customers. These allowances are recognized as an asset and amortized over the appropriate period of time as a reduction of revenue if the Company expects to generate future revenues associated with the upfront payment. If the Company does not expect to generate additional revenue, then the upfront payment is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when payment occurs as a reduction of revenue. Upfront payments expected to be amortized during the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are classified as short-term contract assets.

Core premiums paid to customers represent the difference between the Remanufactured Core acquisition price paid to customers generally in connection with new business, and the related Used Core cost, which is treated as an asset and recognized as a reduction of revenue through the later of the date at which related revenue is recognized or the date at which the sales incentive is offered. The Company considers, among other things, the length of its largest ongoing customer relationships, duration of customer contracts, and the average life of vehicles on the road in determining the appropriate period of time over which to amortize these premiums. These core premiums are amortized over a period typically ranging from six to eight years, adjusted for specific circumstances associated with the arrangement. Core premiums are recorded as long-term contract assets. Core premiums expected to be amortized within the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are classified as short-term contract assets.

Long-term core inventory deposits represent the cost of Remanufactured Cores the Company has purchased from customers, which are held by the customers and remain on the customers’ premises. The costs of these Remanufactured Cores were established at the time of the transaction based on the then current cost. The selling value of these Remanufactured Cores was established based on agreed upon amounts with these customers. The Company expects to realize the selling value and the related cost of these Remanufactured Cores should its relationship with a customer end, a possibility that the Company considers remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience.

Customer Finished Goods Returns Accrual

The customer finished goods returns accrual represents the Company’s estimate of its exposure to customer returns, including warranty returns, under its general right of return policy to allow customers to return items that their end user customers have returned to them and from time to time, stock adjustment returns when the customers’ inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated sales to end-user customers. The customer finished goods returns accrual represents the Unit Value of the estimated returns and is classified as a current liability due to the expectation that these returns will occur within the normal operating cycle of one year.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which measures deferred income taxes by applying enacted statutory rates in effect at the balance sheet date to the differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. The resulting asset or liability is adjusted to reflect changes in the tax laws as they occur. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act: (i) removes certain net operating loss deduction and carry-back limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, (ii) increases IRC §163(j) business interest expense limitations, and (iii) technical correction on recovery period for qualified improvement property (QIP), allowing QIP to be eligible for bonus depreciation. Specifically, the Company may now carry back net operating losses originating in the year ended March 31, 2019 to the year ended March 31, 2017, resulting in an increase to its income tax receivable of $1,002,000 as of March 31, 2020.

The primary components of income tax (benefit) expense were: (i) federal income taxes, (ii) the impact of net operating loss carry-backs in connection with the CARES Act, (iii) foreign income taxed at rates that are different from the federal statutory rate, (iv) change in realizable deferred tax items, (v) impact of the non-deductible executive compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), (vi) income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions, (vii) the change in the blended state rate, and (viii) the excess tax benefit relating to share-based compensation.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The Company makes these estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with the Company’s future plans. A valuation allowance is established when the Company believes it is not more likely than not all or some of a deferred tax assets will be realized. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction in which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax assets arising primarily as a result of net operating loss carry-forwards and research and development credits in connection with the Company’s recent acquisitions have been offset completely by a valuation allowance due to the uncertainty of their utilization in future periods. Should the actual amount differ from the Company’s estimates, the amount of the valuation allowance could be impacted.

The Company has made an accounting policy election to recognize the U.S. tax effects of global intangible low-taxed income as a component of income tax expense in the period the tax arises.

Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The cost of additions and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated service lives. Machinery and equipment are depreciated over a range from five to ten years. Office equipment and fixtures are depreciated over a range from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the leasehold improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation of assets recorded under finance leases is included in depreciation expense.

The Company evaluates plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements, equipment and construction in progress, and right-of-use assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The Company groups assets at the lowest level for which cash flows are separately identified in order to measure an impairment. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review include a significant change in the use of an asset, the planned sale or disposal of an asset, or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of a long-lived asset group. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.

As a result of the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on macroeconomic conditions and its potential impact to the Company’s sales and operating income for future periods, it was determined that certain impairment testing triggers had occurred for the Company’s long-lived assets. Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any future changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in impairment charges. Future events that may result in impairment charges include extended unfavorable economic impacts of COVID-19, or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Based on the undiscounted cash flow analysis performed, the Company determined that estimated undiscounted future cash flows exceeded the net carrying values of its long-lived assets, and, therefore, as of March 31, 2020, the Company's long-lived assets were not impaired. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of the Company’s long-lived assets are subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in the Company’s business strategy and its internal forecasts.

Goodwill

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level, which represents the Company’s operating segments. In testing for goodwill impairment, the Company may elect to utilize a qualitative assessment to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the Company’s qualitative assessment indicates that goodwill impairment is more likely than not, it will proceed with performing the quantitative assessment. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value an impairment loss will be recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.

The Company performed a qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment indicators, considering macroeconomic conditions related to the COVID-19 pandemic and its potential impact to sales and operating income for future periods. The Company expects that the duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and the continued impact of global travel restrictions, government shutdowns of non-essential businesses and disruptions to its supply chain and distribution channels to result in lower revenue and operating income for future periods. As a result, the Company determined that there were indicators of impairment, and it proceeded with a quantitative assessment of goodwill for all reporting units at March 31, 2020.

To estimate the fair value of its reporting units, the Company uses a combination of the market approach and the income approach. Under the market approach, the Company estimates fair value by comparing the business to similar businesses, or guideline companies whose securities are actively traded in public markets. Under the income approach, the Company uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model in which cash flows anticipated over several periods, plus a terminal value at the end of that time horizon, are discounted to their present value using an appropriate rate that is commensurate with the risk inherent within the reporting unit. In addition, the Company compares the aggregate of the reporting units’ fair values to its market capitalization as further corroboration of the fair values.

Estimates of fair value result from judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely on estimates and assumptions at a point in time. Judgments made in determining an estimate of fair value may materially impact the Company’s results of operations. The valuations are based on information available as of the impairment testing date and are based on expectations and assumptions that have been deemed reasonable by management. Any material changes in key assumptions, including failure to meet business plans, deterioration in the U.S. and global financial markets, an increase in interest rates or an increase in the cost of equity financing by market participants within the industry or other unanticipated events and circumstances, may decrease the projected cash flows or increase the discount rates and could potentially result in an impairment charge. Under the market approach, significant estimates and assumptions also include the selection of appropriate guideline companies and the determination of appropriate valuation multiples to apply to the reporting unit. Under the income approach, significant estimates and assumptions also includes the determination of discount rates. The discount rates represent the weighted average cost of capital measuring the reporting unit’s cost of debt and equity financing, which are weighted by the percentage of debt and percentage of equity in a company’s target capital structure. Included in the estimate of the weighted average cost of capital is the assumption of a risk premium to address incremental uncertainty related to the reporting units’ future cash flow projections. An increase in the risk premium increases the discount rate.

The Company completed the required annual testing of goodwill impairment for each of the reporting units during the fourth quarter of the year ended March 31, 2020, and determined through the quantitative assessment that its goodwill of $3,205,000 was not impaired.

Intangible Assets

The Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill are finite–lived and amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives. The Company analyzes its finite-lived intangible assets for impairment when and if indicators of impairment exist. As discussed under the caption “Goodwill” above, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company determined that there were indicators of impairment present at March 31, 2020. Accordingly, the Company analyzed undiscounted cash flows for finite lived intangible assets as of March 31, 2020. Based on that undiscounted cash flow analysis, the Company determined that estimated undiscounted future cash flows exceeded their net carrying values, and, therefore, as of March 31, 2020, the Company's net intangible assets were not impaired. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of the Company’s intangible assets are subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors such as changes in the Company’s business strategy and its internal forecasts.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs include fees and costs incurred to obtain financing. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s term loans are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the term loans. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s revolving loan are presented in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, regardless of whether or not there are any outstanding borrowings under the revolving loan. These fees and costs are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest rate method, over the terms of the related loans and are included in interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Translation

For financial reporting purposes, the functional currency of the foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into the U.S. dollar at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment is presented as a component of comprehensive income or loss in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity. During the year ended March 31, 2020, aggregate foreign currency transaction losses of $789,000 were recorded in general and administrative expenses.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations under the terms of a contract with its customers are satisfied; generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of its manufactured, remanufactured, or distributed products. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. Revenue is recognized net of all anticipated returns, including Used Core returns under the core exchange program, marketing allowances, volume discounts, and other forms of variable consideration.

Revenue is recognized either when products are shipped or when delivered, depending on the applicable contract terms. Bill and hold shipments are shipped out to the customer as ex-works; in which the customer makes arrangements and is responsible for their shipping cost. No freight or shipping costs are accrued for revenue under the terms of shipments made as ex-works.

The price of a finished remanufactured product sold to customers is generally comprised of separately invoiced amounts for the Remanufactured Core included in the product (“Remanufactured Core value”) and the Unit Value. The Unit Value is recorded as revenue based on the Company’s then current price list, net of applicable discounts and allowances. The Remanufactured Core value is recorded as a net revenue based upon the estimate of Used Cores that will not be returned by the customer for credit. These estimates are subjective and based on management’s judgment and knowledge of historical, current, and projected return rates. As reconciliations are completed with the customers the actual rates at which Used Cores are not being returned may differ from the current estimates. This may result in periodic adjustments of the estimated contract asset and liability amounts recorded and may impact the projected revenue recognition rates used to record the estimated future revenue. These estimates may also be revised if there are changes in contractual arrangements with customers, or changes in business practices. A significant portion of the remanufactured automotive parts sold to customers are replaced by similar Used Cores sent back for credit by customers under the core exchange program (as described in further detail below). The number of Used Cores sent back under the core exchange program is generally limited to the number of similar Remanufactured Cores previously shipped to each customer.

Revenue Recognition — Core Exchange Program

Full price Remanufactured Cores: When remanufactured products are shipped, certain customers are invoiced for the Remanufactured Core value of the product at the full Remanufactured Core sales price. For these Remanufactured Cores, revenue is only recognized based upon an estimate of the rate at which these customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under the core exchange program. The remainder of the full price Remanufactured Core value invoiced to these customers is established as a long-term contract liability rather than being recognized as revenue in the period the products are shipped as the Company expects these Remanufactured Cores to be returned for credit under its core exchange program.

Nominal price Remanufactured Cores: Certain other customers are invoiced for the Remanufactured Core value of the product shipped at a nominal (generally $0.01 or less) Remanufactured Core price. For these nominal Remanufactured Cores, revenue is only recognized based upon an estimate of the rate at which these customers will pay cash for Remanufactured Cores in lieu of sending back similar Used Cores for credits under the core exchange program. Revenue amounts are calculated based on contractually agreed upon pricing for these Remanufactured Cores for which the customers are not returning similar Used Cores. The remainder of the nominal price Remanufactured Core value invoiced to these customers is established as a long-term contract liability rather than being recognized as revenue in the period the products are shipped as the Company expects these Remanufactured Cores to be returned for credit under its core exchange program.

Revenue Recognition; General Right of Return

Customers are allowed to return goods that their end-user customers have returned to them, whether or not the returned item is defective (warranty returns). In addition, under the terms of certain agreements and industry practice, customers from time to time are allowed stock adjustments when their inventory of certain product lines exceeds the anticipated sales to end-user customers (stock adjustment returns). Customers have various contractual rights for stock adjustment returns, which are typically less than 5% of units sold. In some instances, a higher level of returns is allowed in connection with significant restocking orders. The aggregate returns are generally limited to less than 20% of unit sales.

The allowance for warranty returns is established based on a historical analysis of the level of this type of return as a percentage of total unit sales. The allowance for stock adjustment returns is based on specific customer inventory levels, inventory movements, and information on the estimated timing of stock adjustment returns provided by customers. Stock adjustment returns do not occur at any specific time during the year. The return rate for stock adjustments is calculated based on expected returns within the normal operating cycle, which is generally one year.

The Unit Value of the warranty and stock adjustment returns are treated as reductions of revenue based on the estimations made at the time of the sale. The Remanufactured Core value of warranty and stock adjustment returns are provided for as indicated in the paragraph “Revenue Recognition – Core Exchange Program”.

As is standard in the industry, the Company only accepts returns from on-going customers. If a customer ceases doing business with the Company, it has no further obligation to accept additional product returns from that customer. Similarly, the Company accepts product returns and grants appropriate credits to new customers from the time the new customer relationship is established.

Shipping Costs

The Company includes shipping and handling charges in the gross invoice price to customers and classifies the total amount as revenue. All shipping and handling costs are expensed as cost of sales as inventory is sold.

Contract Liability

Contract liability consists of: (i) customer allowances earned, (ii) accrued core payments, (iii) customer core returns accruals, (iv) core bank liability, and (v) customer deposits.

Customer allowances earned includes all marketing allowances provided to customers. Such allowances include sales incentives and concessions. Voluntary marketing allowances related to a single exchange of product are recorded as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are offered. Other marketing allowances, which may only be applied against future purchases, are recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract. Sales incentive amounts are recorded based on the value of the incentive provided. See Note 15 for a description of all marketing allowances. Customer allowances to be provided to customers within the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Accrued core payments represent the sales price of Remanufactured Cores purchased from customers, generally in connection with new business, which are held by these customers and remain on their premises. The sales price of these Remanufactured Cores will be realized when the Company’s relationship with a customer ends, a possibility that the Company considers remote based on existing long-term customer agreements and historical experience. The payments to be made to customers for purchases of Remanufactured Cores within the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Customer core returns accruals represent the full and nominally priced Remanufactured Cores shipped to the Company’s customers. When the Company ships the product, it recognizes an obligation to accept a similar Used Core sent back under the core exchange program based upon the Remanufactured Core price agreed upon by the Company and its customer. The Contract liability related to Used Cores returned by consumers to the Company’s customers but not yet returned to the Company are classified as short-term contract liabilities until the Company physically receives these Used Cores as they are expected to be returned during the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

The core bank liability represents the full Remanufactured Core sales price paid for cores returned under the core exchange program. The payment for these cores will be made over a contractual repayment period pursuant to the Company’s agreement with this customer. Payments to be made within the Company’s normal operating cycle, which is generally one year, are considered short-term contract liabilities and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Customer deposits represent the receipt of prepayments from customers for the obligation to transfer goods or services in the future. The Company classifies these customer deposits as short-term contract liabilities as the Company expects to satisfy these obligations within its normal operating cycle, which generally one year and the remainder are recorded as long-term.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $773,000, $819,000 and $610,000, respectively.

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net (loss) income per share is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as stock options and warrants, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common stock to the extent such impact is not anti-dilutive.

The following presents a reconciliation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per share.

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
Net (loss) income $(7,290,000) $(7,849,000) $19,264,000 
Basic shares  18,913,788   18,849,909   18,854,993 
Effect of dilutive stock options and warrants  -   -   659,782 
Diluted shares  18,913,788   18,849,909   19,514,775 
Net (loss) income per share:            
Basic net (loss) income per share $(0.39) $(0.42) $1.02 
Diluted net (loss) income per share $(0.39) $(0.42) $0.99 

Potential common shares that would have the effect of increasing diluted net income per share or decreasing diluted net loss per share are considered to be anti-dilutive and as such, these shares are not included in calculating diluted net (loss) income per share. For the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there were 1,738,106, 1,580,299, and 448,039, respectively, of potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted net (loss) income per share because their effect was anti-dilutive.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. On an on-going basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventory, valuation of long-lived assets, goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets, litigation matters, valuation of deferred tax assets, share-based compensation, sales returns and other customer marketing allowances, and the incremental borrowing rate used in determining the present value of lease liabilities. Although the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimate or in the assumptions used in calculating the estimate, unforeseen changes in the industry, or business could materially impact the estimate and may have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the revolving loan, term loan and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value based on current rates for instruments with similar characteristics.

Share-Based Payments

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of subjective assumptions including the expected volatility of the underlying stock and the expected holding period of the option. These subjective assumptions are based on both historical and other information. Changes in the values assumed and used in the model can materially affect the estimate of fair value.

The following summarizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions used to derive the weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the periods noted.

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Weighted average risk free interest rate
  
1.76
%
  
2.83
%
  
1.92
%
Weighted average expected holding period (years)
  
5.70
   
5.94
   
5.82
 
Weighted average expected volatility
  
42.50
%
  
43.91
%
  
47.28
%
Weighted average expected dividend yield
  
-
   
-
   
-
 
Weighted average fair value of options granted
 
$
8.27
  
$
8.75
  
$
12.63
 

Credit Risk

The majority of the Company’s sales are to leading automotive aftermarket parts suppliers. Management believes the credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is limited due to the Company’s credit evaluation process and the nature of its customers. However, should the Company’s customers experience significant cash flow problems, the Company’s financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and the maximum amount of loss that would be incurred would be the outstanding receivable balance, Used Cores expected to be returned by customers, and the value of the Remanufactured Cores held at customers’ locations.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for certain members of management. The plan allows participants to defer salary and bonuses. The assets of the plan, which are held in a trust and are subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors under federal and state laws in the event of insolvency, are recorded as short-term investments in the consolidated balance sheets. Consequently, the trust qualifies as a Rabbi trust for income tax purposes. The plan’s assets consist primarily of mutual funds and are recorded at market value with any unrealized gain or loss recorded as general and administrative expense. During the year ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company redeemed $2,802,000 and $0, respectively, of its short-term investments for the payment of deferred compensation liabilities. During the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company recognized $96,000 in net gains which consists of $193,000 in realized gains on investments sold during the year partially offset by $97,000 of unrealized losses recognized on investments still held at March 31, 2020. The carrying value of plan assets was $850,000 and $3,273,000, and deferred compensation liability, which is included in other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was $850,000 and $3,273,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, an expense of $79,000, $113,000 and $118,000 respectively, was recorded for each year related to the deferred compensation plan.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, one of the Company’s named executive officer who was a participant in the deferred compensation plan redeemed $1,432,000 and elected to be paid out over 24 months. At March 31, 2020, approximately $1,295,000 remained unpaid, of which $714,000 was recorded in accrued liabilities and $581,000 was recorded in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Comprehensive Income or Loss

Comprehensive income or loss is defined as the change in equity during a period resulting from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. The Company’s total comprehensive income or loss consists of net unrealized income or loss from foreign currency translation adjustments.

3. Acquisitions

Mechanical Power Conversion, LLC

In December 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities from Mechanical Power Conversion, LLC (“E&M”), a privately held company operating as E&M Power and engaged in the design and manufacture of advanced power emulators (AC and DC) and custom power electronic products, based in Binghamton, New York. Future activity of this business will be recorded via D&V Electronics USA, operating as the Company’s registered DBA (Doing Business As) entity. The addition of new products from E&M increased the Company’s revenue potential and product portfolio. The acquisition was consummated pursuant to an asset purchase agreement for an initial cash purchase price of $4,417,000, plus an additional working capital adjustment of $42,000 paid to the former owners of E&M. In addition, the Company is contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former owners of E&M up to an aggregate of $5,200,000 over the next 2-3 years. The initial fair value of the contingent consideration as of the acquisition date was $3,560,000 determined using a probability weighted method and a Monte Carlo Simulation model.

Identified intangible assets acquired have the following useful lives: (i) five years for developed technology, (ii) eight years for customer relationships, and (iii) six months for order backlog. The goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of E&M is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company incurred $355,000 in acquisition costs during the year ended March 31, 2019, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses. The assets and results of operations of E&M were not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations, and thus pro forma information is not presented.

Dixie Electric, Ltd.

In January 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of all the equity interests of Dixie Electric, Ltd (“Dixie”), a privately held manufacturer and remanufacturer of alternators and starters for automotive aftermarket non-discretionary replacement parts for heavy-duty truck, industrial, marine and agricultural applications, based in Ontario, Canada. The addition of Dixie is expected to expand the Company’s heavy duty product portfolio. The initial cash purchase price of $8,049,000, which was reduced by a working capital adjustment of $71,000, was paid to the former owners of Dixie. In addition, the Company is contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former owners of Dixie up to $1,130,000 over the next two years. The preliminary fair value of the contingent consideration as of the acquisition date was $840,000 determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation model.

Trademarks acquired will have useful life of three years. The Company incurred $576,000 in acquisition costs during the year ended March 31, 2019, which were recorded in general and administrative expenses. The assets and results of operations of Dixie, and in the aggregate with the E&M acquisition, were not significant to the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations, and thus pro forma information is not presented.

During the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company finalized the purchase price allocation of Dixie with no material adjustments.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The following summarizes the change in the Company’s goodwill:

 Years Ended March 31, 
 2020 2019 
Balance at beginning of period $3,205,000  $2,551,000 
Goodwill acquired  -   654,000 
Balance at end of period $3,205,000  $3,205,000 


Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of acquired intangible assets subject to amortization:

     March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
 
Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
 
Gross Carrying
Value
  
Accumulated
Amortization
  
Gross Carrying
Value
  
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization              
Trademarks 9 years 
$
827,000
  
$
435,000
  
$
1,007,000
  
$
464,000
 
Customer relationships 11 years  
8,453,000
   
4,376,000
   
8,610,000
   
3,547,000
 
Order backlog 6 months  
-
   
-
   
325,000
   
180,000
 
Developed technology 5 years  
2,817,000
   
893,000
   
2,991,000
   
311,000
 
Total 9 years 
$
12,097,000
  
$
5,704,000
  
$
12,933,000
  
$
4,502,000
 

During the year ended March 31, 2020, the Company retired $470,000 of fully amortized intangible assets.

Amortization expense for acquired intangible assets is as follows:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Amortization expense $1,770,000  $1,194,000  $710,000 

The estimated future amortization expense for acquired intangible assets subject to amortization is as follows:

Year Ending March 31,
   
2021 $1,479,000 
2022  1,438,000 
2023  1,408,000 
2024  1,040,000 
2025  471,000 
Thereafter  557,000 
Total $6,393,000 

415. Accounts Receivable Net

Accounts receivable — net includes offset accounts related to customer payment discrepancies, returned goods authorizations (“RGA”) issued for in-transit unit returns, and potential bad debts.

Accounts receivable — net is comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
       
Accounts receivable — trade $109,164,000  $75,847,000 
Allowance for bad debts  (4,252,000)  (4,100,000)
Customer payment discrepancies  (1,040,000)  (854,000)
Customer returns RGA issued  (12,124,000)  (14,878,000)
Less: total accounts receivable offset accounts  (17,416,000)  (19,832,000)
Total accounts receivable — net $91,748,000  $56,015,000 

6. Inventory

Inventory is comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
       
Raw materials $99,360,000  $95,757,000 
Work in process  3,906,000   3,502,000 
Finished goods  135,601,000   146,366,000 
   238,867,000   245,625,000 
Less allowance for excess and obsolete inventory  (13,208,000)  (11,899,000)
         
Total $225,659,000  $233,726,000 
         
Inventory unreturned $9,021,000  $8,469,000 

7. Contract Assets

Contract assets are comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
Short-term contract assets 
Cores expected to be returned by customers $12,579,000  $14,671,000 
Upfront payments to customers  2,865,000   3,101,000 
Core premiums paid to customers  4,888,000   4,411,000 
Total short-term contract assets $20,332,000  $22,183,000 
         
Long-term contract assets 
Remanufactured cores held at customers' locations $217,616,000  $196,914,000 
Upfront payments to customers  589,000   2,775,000 
Core premiums paid to customers  15,766,000   16,618,000 
Long-term core inventory deposits  5,569,000   5,569,000 
Total long-term contract assets $239,540,000  $221,876,000 

8. Plant and Equipment

Plant and equipment if comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
       
Machinery and equipment $48,424,000  $39,953,000 
Office equipment and fixtures  25,541,000   20,070,000 
Leasehold improvements  10,519,000   9,451,000 
   84,484,000   69,474,000 
Less accumulated depreciation  (39,527,000)  (34,323,000)
         
Total $44,957,000  $35,151,000 

Plant and equipment located in the foreign countries where the Company has facilities, net of accumulated depreciation, totaled $35,410,000 and $25,608,000, of which $31,845,000 and $21,822,000 is located in Mexico, at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These assets constitute substantially all the long-lived assets of the Company located outside of the United States.

9. Debt

The Company is party to a $230,000,000 senior secured financing, (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders, and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, consisting of (i) a $200,000,000 revolving loan facility, subject to borrowing base restrictions, a $20,000,000 sublimit for borrowings by Canadian borrowers, and a $15,000,000 sublimit for letters of credit (the “Revolving Facility”) and (ii) a $30,000,000 term loan facility (the “Term Loans”). The loans under the Credit Facility mature on June 5, 2023. The Credit Facility permits the payment of up to $20,000,000 of dividends and share repurchases per fiscal year, subject to a minimum availability threshold and pro forma compliance with financial covenants. In connection with the Credit Facility, the lenders have a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company.

In June 2019, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the total size of the Revolving Facility to $238,620,000, (ii) modified the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant, (iii) modified the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”, (iv) modified the borrowing base definition to, among other things, include brake-related products as eligible inventory, (v) increased the letter of credit sublimit to $20,000,000, (vi) increased the Canadian revolving sublimit and swing line sublimit to $24,000,000, (vii) increased the swing line sublimit to $23,862,000, (viii) permitted up to $5,000,000 of sale and lease back transactions per fiscal year, (ix) increased the permitted amount of certain capital expenditures, (x) increased the permitted amount of operating lease obligations per fiscal year, and (xi) increased certain other covenant-related baskets. The Company capitalized $973,000 of new debt issuance costs in connection with the Second Amendment, which is included in prepaid and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2020.

The Term Loans require quarterly principal payments of $937,500. The Credit Facility bears interest at rates equal to either LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%, 2.50% or 2.75% or a reference rate plus a margin of 1.25%, 1.50% or 1.75%, in each case depending on the senior leverage ratio as of the applicable measurement date. There is also a facility fee of 0.375% to 0.50%, depending on the senior leverage ratio as of the applicable measurement date. The interest rate on the Company’s Term Loans and Revolving Facility was 4.34% and 3.64%, at March 31, 2020, respectively, and 5.24% at March 31, 2019.

The Credit Facility, among other things, requires the Company to maintain certain financial covenants including a maximum senior leverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants at March 31, 2020.

In light of COVID-19, the Company elected not to pay down its Revolving Facility and accumulated cash of $49,616,000 as of March 31, 2020. The Credit Facility only allows up to $6,000,000 of credit for cash when computing the senior leverage ratio. In addition to other covenants, the Credit Facility places limits on the Company’s ability to incur liens, incur additional indebtedness, make loans and investments, engage in mergers and acquisitions, engage in asset sales, redeem or repurchase capital stock, alter the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries, transact with affiliates, prepay, redeem or purchase subordinated debt, and amend or otherwise alter debt agreements.

The Company’s term loans are comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
       
Principal amount of term loan $24,375,000  $28,125,000 
Unamortized financing fees  (235,000)  (253,000)
Net carrying amount of term loan  24,140,000   27,872,000 
Less current portion of term loan  (3,678,000)  (3,685,000)
Long-term portion of term loan $20,462,000  $24,187,000 

Future repayments of the Company’s Term Loans are as follows:

Year Ending March 31,
   
2021  3,750,000 
2022  3,750,000 
2023  3,750,000 
2024  13,125,000 
Total payments $24,375,000 

The Company had $152,000,000 and $110,400,000 outstanding under the Revolving Facility at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, $3,579,000 was reserved for letters of credit at March 31, 2020. At March 31, 2020, after certain adjustments, $58,461,000 was available under the Revolving Facility.

10. Contract Liabilities

Contract liabilities are comprised of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
Short-term contract liabilities 
Customer core returns accruals $4,126,000  $3,933,000 
Customer allowances earned  13,844,000   12,755,000 
Customer deposits  1,365,000   2,674,000 
Core bank liability  528,000   - 
Accrued core payment, net  8,048,000   11,237,000 
Total short-term contract liabilities $27,911,000  $30,599,000 
         
Long-term contract liabilities 
Customer core returns accruals $77,927,000  $25,722,000 
Customer allowances earned  542,000   - 
Core bank liability  7,556,000   - 
Accrued core payment, net  6,076,000   15,167,000 
Total long-term contract liabilities $92,101,000  $40,889,000 

11. Leases

The Company leases various facilities in North America and Asia under operating leases expiring through August 2033. During the year ended March 31, 2020, the lease of the Company’s 199,000 square foot remanufacturing facility in Mexico commenced, resulting in an increase in the operating lease liability of $16,245,000. The Company has one non-cancellable lease agreement for a building in Mexico, which was executed, but had not commenced as of March 31, 2020, and accordingly was not included in the operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020. Total commitments for this agreement, which expires in December 2032, are $12,538,000. In addition, the Company has a non-cancellable lease agreement for the renewal of a building lease in Canada, which was executed, but had not yet commenced as of March 31, 2020, and accordingly was not included in the operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities as of March 31, 2020. Total commitments for this agreement, which expires in May 2023, are $4,299,000. Both of these operating leases are expected to commence early in the Company’s fiscal year ending March 31, 2021. The Company also has finance leases for certain office and manufacturing equipment, which generally range from three to five years.

The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception. Lease assets and lease liabilities are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term, which includes the minimum unconditional term of the lease. Certain of the Company’s leases include options to extend the leases for up to five years. When the Company has the option to extend the lease term, terminate the lease before the contractual expiration date, or purchase the leased asset, and it is reasonably certain that it will exercise the option, the option is considered in determining the classification and measurement of the lease. The lease assets are recorded net of any lease incentives received. Lease assets are tested for impairment in the same manner as long-lived assets used in operations.

As the rate implicit for each of its leases is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, based on the information available at the lease commencement date, for each of its leases in determining the present value of its expected lease payments. The Company’s incremental borrowing rate is determined by analyzing and combining an applicable risk-free rate, a financial spread adjustment and any lease specific adjustment. Certain leases contain provisions for property-related costs that are variable in nature for which the Company is responsible, including common area maintenance and other property operating services, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the determination of lease assets and lease liabilities. These costs are calculated based on a variety of factors including property values, tax and utility rates, property services fees, and other factors. The Company records rent expense for operating leases, some of which have escalating rent payments, on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company has material nonfunctional currency leases that could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. As required for other monetary liabilities, lessees shall remeasure a foreign currency-denominated lease liability using the exchange rate at each reporting date, but the lease assets are nonmonetary assets measured at historical rates, which are not affected by subsequent changes in the exchange rates. The Company recorded a loss of $11,710,000 in general and administrative expenses in connection with the remeasurement of foreign currency-denominated lease liabilities during year ended March 31, 2020.

Balance sheet information for leases is comprised of the following:

    March 31, 2020 
LeasesClassification   
Assets:    
OperatingOperating lease assets $53,029,000 
Finance (1)Plant and equipment  6,922,000 
Total leased assets  $59,951,000 
      
Liabilities:     
Current     
OperatingOperating lease liabilities $5,104,000 
FinanceOther current liabilities  2,059,000 
Long-term     
OperatingLong-term operating lease liabilities  61,425,000 
FinanceOther liabilities  3,905,000 
Total lease liabilities  $72,493,000 


(1)
The Company had $5,403,000 in capital lease assets included in plant and equipment at March 31, 2019.

Lease cost recognized in the consolidated statement of operations is comprised of the following:

  Year Ended March 31, 
  2020 
Lease cost   
Operating lease cost (1) $8,733,000 
Short-term lease cost  1,263,000 
Variable lease cost  600,000 
Finance lease cost:    
Amortization of finance lease assets  1,616,000 
Interest on finance lease liabilities  281,000 
     
Total lease cost $12,493,000 


(1)
During the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred total operating lease expenses of $6,188,000 and $4,362,000, respectively.

Maturities of lease commitments at March 31, 2020 were as follows:

Maturity of lease liabilities Operating Leases  Finance Leases  Total 
2021 $9,536,000  $2,292,000  $11,828,000 
2022  8,755,000   1,955,000   10,710,000 
2023  7,503,000   1,325,000   8,828,000 
2024  7,261,000   610,000   7,871,000 
2025  7,368,000   243,000   7,611,000 
Thereafter  59,837,000   -   59,837,000 
Total lease payments  100,260,000   6,425,000   106,685,000 
Less amount representing interest  (33,731,000)  (461,000)  (34,192,000)
             
Present value of lease liabilities $66,529,000  $5,964,000  $72,493,000 

Maturities of lease commitments at March 31, 2019 were as follows:

Maturity of lease liabilities Operating Leases  Capital Leases  Total 
2020 $7,405,000  $1,755,000  $9,160,000 
2021  8,206,000   1,311,000   9,517,000 
2022  7,862,000   1,040,000   8,902,000 
2023  6,726,000   719,000   7,445,000 
2024  6,696,000   89,000   6,785,000 
Thereafter  65,321,000   -   65,321,000 
Total lease payments $102,216,000   4,914,000   107,130,000 
Less amount representing interest      (406,000)  (406,000)
             
Present value of lease liabilities     $4,508,000  $106,724,000 

Other information about leases is as follows:

Year Ended March 31,
2020
Lease term and discount rate
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):
Finance leases3.2
Operating leases12.0
Weighted-average discount rate:
Finance leases4.7%
Operating leases5.6%

12. Accounts Receivable Discount Programs

The Company uses receivable discount programs with certain customers and their respective banks. Under these programs, the Company may sell those customers’ receivables to those banks at a discount to be agreed upon at the time the receivables are sold. These discount arrangements allow the Company to accelerate receipt of payment on customers’ receivables.

The following is a summary of the Company’s accounts receivable discount programs:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019 
       
Receivables discounted $461,484,000  $396,650,000 
Weighted average days  346   341 
Weighted average discount rate  3.3%  4.2%
Amount of discount as interest expense $14,780,000  $15,867,000 

13. Financial Risk Management and Derivatives

Purchases and expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, which are primarily related to the Company’s facilities overseas, expose the Company to market risk from material movements in foreign exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currencies. The Company’s primary risk exposure is from fluctuations in the value of the Mexican peso and to a lesser extent the Chinese yuan. To mitigate these risks, the Company enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to exchange U.S. dollars for these foreign currencies. The extent to which forward foreign currency exchange contracts are used is modified periodically in response to the Company’s estimate of market conditions and the terms and length of anticipated requirements.

The Company enters into forward foreign currency exchange contracts in order to reduce the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and not to engage in currency speculation. The use of derivative financial instruments allows the Company to reduce its exposure to the risk that the eventual cash outflow resulting from funding the expenses of the foreign operations will be materially affected by changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the foreign currencies. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The forward foreign currency exchange contracts are designated for forecasted expenditure requirements to fund foreign operations.

The Company had forward foreign currency exchange contracts with a U.S. dollar equivalent notional value of $42,052,000 and $32,524,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. These contracts generally have a term of one year or less, at rates agreed at the inception of the contracts. The counterparty to this derivative transaction is a major financial institution with investment grade credit rating; however, the Company is exposed to credit risk with this institution. The credit risk is limited to the potential unrealized gains (which offset currency fluctuations adverse to the Company) in any such contract should this counterparty fail to perform as contracted. Any changes in the fair values of forward foreign currency exchange contracts are reflected in current period earnings and accounted for as an increase or offset to general and administrative expenses.

The following shows the effect of the Company’s derivative instruments on its consolidated statements of operations:

  Gain (Loss) Recognized within General and Administrative Expenses 
Derivatives Not Designated as Years Ended March 31, 
Hedging Instruments 2020  2019  2018 
          
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts $(6,491,000) $(972,000) $752,000 

The fair value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts of $6,284,000 is included other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2020. The fair value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts of $207,000 is included in prepaid and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2019. The changes in the fair values of forward foreign currency exchange contracts are included in other liabilities in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.

14. Fair Value Measurements

The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company uses a three-tier valuation hierarchy based upon observable and unobservable inputs:

Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, or other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 — Valuation is based upon unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value measurement.

The fair value hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset or liability.

The following sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy, the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis according to the valuation techniques the Company used to determine their fair values at:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
     
Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as
     
Fair Value Measurements
Using Inputs Considered as
 
  Fair Value  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Fair Value  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3 
Assets                        
Short-term investments Mutual funds
 $850,000  $850,000  $-  $-  $3,273,000  
$
3,273,000
  $-  $- 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts  -   -   -   -   207,000   -   207,000   - 
                                 
Liabilities                                
Accrued liabilities                                
Short-term contingent consideration  2,190,000   -   -   2,190,000   2,816,000   -   -   2,816,000 
Other current liabilities                                
Deferred compensation  850,000   850,000   -   -   3,273,000   3,273,000   -   - 
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts  6,284,000   -   6,284,000   -   -   -   -   - 
Other liabilities                                
Long-term contingent consideration  463,000   -   -   463,000   1,905,000   -   -   1,905,000 

Short-term Investments and Deferred Compensation

The Company’s short-term investments, which fund its deferred compensation liabilities, consist of investments in mutual funds. These investments are classified as Level 1 as the shares of these mutual funds trade with sufficient frequency and volume to enable the Company to obtain pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts

The forward foreign currency exchange contracts are primarily measured based on the foreign currency spot and forward rates quoted by the banks or foreign currency dealers. During the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, losses of $6,491,000 and $972,000, respectively, were recorded in general and administrative expenses due to the change in the value of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts.

Contingent Consideration

In December 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets and assumption of certain liabilities from E&M. In connection with this acquisition, the Company is contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former owners of E&M up to an aggregate of $5,200,000 over the next three years.

In January 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of all the equity interests of Dixie. In connection with this acquisition, the Company is contingently obligated to make additional payments to the former owners of Dixie up to $1,130,000 over the next two years.

The Company’s contingent consideration is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2020 and 2019, and is a Level 3 liability measured at fair value.

E&M Research and Development (“R&D”) Event Milestone

The fair value of the two-year R&D event milestone based on technology development and transfer was $1,130,000 and $2,190,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, determined using a probability weighted method with commensurate with the term of the contingent consideration.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value is as follows:

March 31, 2020
Risk free interest rate0.16%
Counter party rate12.16%
Probability100.00%

The assumptions used to determine fair value of the two-year R&D event milestone at March 31, 2019 is as follows: (i) a risk-free interest rate ranging from 2.30% to 2.41%, (ii) counter party risk discount rate ranging from 6.30% to 6.41%, and (iii) total probability of 90% to 100%. Any subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability will be recorded in current period earnings as a general and administrative expense.

E&M Gross Profit Earn-out Consideration

The fair value of the three-year gross profit earn-out consideration was $1,230,000 and $1,660,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation Model.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value is as follows:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
Risk free interest rate  0.22%  2.23%
Counter party rate  12.22%  6.23%
Expected volatility  31.00%  29.00%
Weighted average cost of capital  13.75%  16.00%

Any subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability will be recorded in current period earnings as a general and administrative expense.

Dixie Revenue Earn-out Consideration

The fair value of the two-year revenue earn-out consideration was $293,000 and $871,000 at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, determined using a Monte Carlo Simulation Model.

The assumptions used to determine the fair value is as follows:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
Risk free interest rate  0.16%  2.58%
Counter party rate  15.16%  5.03%
Revenue discount rate  2.50%  6.50%
Expected volatility  33.50%  29.00%
Revenue volatility  6.50%  8.50%

Any subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration liability will be recorded in current period earnings as a general and administrative expense.

The following table summarizes the activity for financial assets and liabilities utilizing Level 3 fair value measurements:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019 
  
Contingent
Consideration
  
Contingent
Consideration
 
Beginning balance $4,721,000  $- 
Newly issued  -   4,400,000 
Changes in revaluation of contingent consideration included in earnings  (113,000)  321,000 
Exercises/settlements (1)  (1,955,000)  - 
Ending balance $2,653,000  $4,721,000 

During the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had no significant measurements of assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their initial recognition.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amounts of the revolving loan, term loan and other long-term liabilities approximate their fair value based on the variable nature of interest rates and current rates for instruments with similar characteristics.

Goodwill

Fair value assessments of the reporting unit and the reporting unit's net assets, which are performed for goodwill impairment tests, are considered Level 3 measurements due to the significance of unobservable inputs developed using company specific information. The Company considered a market approach as well as an income approach (a DCF model) to determine the fair value of the reporting unit.

Refer to Financial Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies for more information regarding goodwill impairment assumptions.

Long-lived Assets and Intangible Assets

The Company utilizes multiple approaches including the DCF model and market approaches for estimating the fair value of long-lived assets and intangible assets. The future cash flows used in the analysis are based on internal cash flow projections from its long-range plans and include significant assumptions by management. Accordingly, the fair value assessment of the long-lived assets and intangible assets are considered Level 3 fair value measurements.

The Company measures certain long-lived and intangible assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when events occur that indicate an asset group may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of an asset group is not recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying amount by the excess over its fair value.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Warranty Returns

The Company allows its customers to return goods that their consumers have returned to them, whether or not the returned item is defective (“warranty returns”). The Company accrues an estimate of its exposure to warranty returns based on a historical analysis of the level of this type of return as a percentage of total unit sales. Amounts charged to expense for these warranty returns are considered in arriving at the Company’s net sales.

The following summarizes the changes in the warranty return accrual:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Balance at beginning of year $19,475,000  $16,646,000  $14,286,000 
Acquisition (1)  -   221,000   - 
Charged to expense  112,590,000   111,321,000   105,156,000 
Amounts processed  (113,765,000)  (108,713,000)  (102,796,000)
             
Balance at end of year $18,300,000  $19,475,000  $16,646,000 


(1)
Warranty reserve established in the opening balance sheet in connection with the Company’s Dixie acquisition.

Commitments to Provide Marketing Allowances under Long-Term Customer Contracts

The Company has or is renegotiating long-term agreements with many of its major customers. Under these agreements, which in most cases have initial terms of at least four years, the Company is designated as the exclusive or primary supplier for specified categories of the Company’s products. Because of the very competitive nature of the market and the limited number of customers for these products, the Company’s customers have sought and obtained price concessions, significant marketing allowances, and more favorable delivery and payment terms in consideration for the Company’s designation as a customer’s exclusive or primary supplier. These incentives differ from contract to contract and can include (i) the issuance of a specified amount of credits against receivables in accordance with a schedule set forth in the relevant contract, (ii) support for a particular customer’s research or marketing efforts provided on a scheduled basis, (iii) discounts granted in connection with each individual shipment of product, and (iv) other marketing, research, store expansion or product development support. These contracts typically require that the Company meet ongoing performance standards. The Company’s contracts with its customers expire at various dates through December 2024. While these longer-term agreements strengthen the Company’s customer relationships, the increased demand for the Company’s products often requires that the Company increase its inventories and personnel. Customer demands that the Company purchase their Remanufactured Core inventory also require the use of the Company’s working capital.

The marketing and other allowances the Company typically grants its customers in connection with its new or expanded customer relationships adversely impact the near-term revenues, profitability, and associated cash flows from these arrangements. Such allowances include sales incentives and concessions and typically consist of: (i) allowances which may only be applied against future purchases and are recorded as a reduction to revenues in accordance with a schedule set forth in the long-term contract, (ii) allowances related to a single exchange of product that are recorded as a reduction of revenues at the time the related revenues are recorded or when such incentives are offered, and (iii) amortization of core premiums paid to customers generally in connection with new business.

The following summarizes the breakout of allowances discussed above, recorded as a reduction to revenues:

 Years Ended March 31, 
 2020 2019 2018 
       
Allowances incurred under long-term customer contracts
 $26,733,000  $29,612,000  $24,829,000 
Allowances related to a single exchange of product
  97,408,000   92,588,000   79,851,000 
Amortization of core premiums paid to customers
  4,501,000   4,127,000   3,588,000 
Total customer allowances recorded as a reduction of revenues
 $128,642,000  $126,327,000  $108,268,000 

The following presents the Company’s commitments to incur allowances, excluding allowances related to a single exchange of product, which will be recognized as a reduction to revenue when the related revenue is recognized:

Year Ending March 31,
   
2021 $25,896,000 
2022  5,838,000 
2023  4,701,000 
2024  2,859,000 
2025  2,052,000 
Thereafter  2,667,000 
     
Total marketing allowances $44,013,000 

Contingencies

The Company is subject to various lawsuits and claims. In addition, government agencies and self-regulatory organizations have the ability to conduct periodic examinations of and administrative proceedings regarding the Company’s business. Following an audit in fiscal 2019, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection stated that it believed that the Company owed additional duties of approximately $17 million from 2011 through mid-2018 relating to products that it imported from Mexico. The Company does not believe that this amount is correct and believes that it has numerous defenses and intends to dispute this amount vigorously. The Company cannot assure that the U.S. Customs and Border Protection will agree or that it will not need to accrue or pay additional amounts in the future.

16. Significant Customer and Other Information

Significant Customer Concentrations

The Company’s largest customers accounted for the following total percentage of net sales:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Customer A  38%  38%  41%
Customer B  20%  22%  25%
Customer C  26%  23%  19%

The Company’s largest customers accounted for the following total percentage of accounts receivable — trade:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
       
Customer A
  
28
%
  
34
%
Customer B
  
14
%
  
18
%
Customer C
  33
%
  
16
%

Geographic and Product Information

The Company’s products are predominantly sold in the U.S. and accounted for the following total percentage of net sales:

 Years Ended March 31, 
 2020 2019 2018 
       
Rotating electrical products  73%  79%  78%
Wheel hub products  15%  15%  17%
Brake-related products  9%  3%  3%
Other products  3%  3%  2%
   100%  100%  100%

Significant Supplier Concentrations

No suppliers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s inventory purchases for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018.

17. Income Taxes

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was signed into law on March 27, 2020. The CARES Act: (i) removes certain net operating loss deduction and carry-back limitations originally imposed by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, (ii) increases IRC §163(j) business interest expense limitations, and (iii) technical correction on recovery period for qualified improvement property (QIP), allowing QIP to be eligible for bonus depreciation. Specifically, the Company may now carry back net operating losses originating in the year ended March 31, 2019 to the year ended March 31, 2017, resulting in an increase to its income tax receivable of $1,002,000 as of March 31, 2020.

On December 22, 2017, comprehensive tax reform legislation known as the Act was signed into law. The Act amended the Internal Revenue Code to reduce U.S. tax rates and modify policies, credits and deductions for individuals and businesses.

The income tax expense is as follows:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
Current tax expense         
Federal $5,313,000  $680,000  $12,187,000 
State  1,454,000   647,000   1,425,000 
Foreign  1,566,000   1,723,000   1,194,000 
Total current tax expense  8,333,000   3,050,000   14,806,000 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense            
Federal  (4,516,000)  (2,087,000)  949,000 
State  (1,567,000)  (295,000)  393,000 
Foreign  (3,261,000)  (400,000)  (23,000)
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense  (9,344,000)  (2,782,000)  1,319,000 
Total income tax (benefit) expense $(1,011,000) $268,000  $16,125,000 

Deferred income taxes consist of the following:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
Assets      
Allowance for bad debts 
$
1,037,000
  
$
1,005,000
 
Customer allowances earned  
3,549,000
   
3,177,000
 
Allowance for stock adjustment returns  
1,743,000
   
2,073,000
 
Inventory adjustments  
5,567,000
   
3,701,000
 
Stock options  
2,427,000
   
2,221,000
 
Operating lease liabilities (1)  
19,396,000
   
-
 
Estimate for returns  
10,839,000
   
2,107,000
 
Accrued compensation  
1,964,000
   
1,578,000
 
Net operating losses  
4,091,000
   
2,088,000
 
Tax credits  
1,343,000
   
1,495,000
 
Other  
1,620,000
   
5,776,000
 
Total deferred tax assets 
$
53,576,000
  
$
25,221,000
 
Liabilities        
Plant and equipment, net  
(5,175,000
)
  
(3,316,000
)
Intangibles, net  
(4,700,000
)
  
(5,390,000
)
Operating lease (1)  
(15,371,000
)
  
-
 
Other  
(3,966,000
)
  
(3,278,000
)
Total deferred tax liabilities 
$
(29,212,000
)
 
$
(11,984,000
)
Less valuation allowance 
$
(5,493,000
)
 
$
(3,748,000
)
Total 
$
18,871,000
  
$
9,489,000
 

(1)
Adoption of the new lease standard as of April 1, 2019 (see Note 2) resulted in the recognition of a deferred tax asset for operating lease liabilities and a deferred tax liability for operating lease assets. These temporary differences will reverse over the estimated term of the relevant operating leases. As of March 31, 2019, the deferred tax assets associated with operating leases were reported as other deferred tax assets under legacy US GAAP.

As of March 31, 2020, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $1,689,000 and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $14,953,000. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning fiscal year 2034, and the foreign net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning fiscal year 2038. As of March 31, 2020, the Company also had investment tax credits carryforward of $1,343,000, which will expire beginning fiscal year 2032. A full valuation allowance was established on the foreign net operating loss and tax credits carryforward as the Company believes it is more likely than not these tax attributes would not be realizable in the future.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income. Significant judgment is required in determining the Company’s provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The Company makes these estimates and judgments about its future taxable income that are based on assumptions that are consistent with the Company’s future plans. A valuation allowance is established when the Company believes it is not more likely than not all or some of a deferred tax assets will be realized. In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction in which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax assets arising primarily as a result of non-US net operating loss carry-forwards and non-US research and development credits in connection with the Company’s acquisitions have been offset completely by a valuation allowance due to the uncertainty of their utilization in future periods. Should the actual amount differ from the Company’s estimates, the amount of the valuation allowance could be impacted.

For the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the primary components of the Company’s income tax expense were: (i) federal income taxes, (ii) the impact of net operating loss carry-backs in connection with the CARES Act, (iii) foreign income taxed at rates that are different from the federal statutory rate, (iv) change in realizable deferred tax items, (v) impact of the non-deductible executive compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), (vi) income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions, (vii) the change in the blended state rate, and (viii) the excess tax benefit relating to share-based compensation.

The difference between the income tax expense at the federal statutory rate and the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Statutory federal income tax rate  21.0%  21.0%  31.5%
State income tax rate, net of federal benefit  (3.7)%  (3.7)%  3.6%
Excess tax benefit from stock compensation  (1.3)%  0.7%  (0.7)%
Foreign income taxed at different rates  13.8%  -%  (2.6)%
Return to provision adjustments  (1.5)%  -%  -%
Warrants  -%  -%  (2.1)%
Non-deductible executive compensation  (4.0)%  (7.3)%  1.0%
Change in valuation allowance  (18.7)%  (15.3)%  4.8%
Net operating loss carryback  4.8%  -%  -%
Effects of mandatory redeemed repatriation  -%  -%  1.5%
Effects of U.S. tax rate changes  -%  0.3%  8.0%
Uncertain tax positions  2.1%  1.8%  0.6%
Research and development credit  1.1%  1.3%  (0.2)%
Non-deductible transaction costs  -%  (2.1)%  -%
Other income tax  (1.4)%  (0.2)%  0.2%
   12.2%  (3.5)%  45.6%

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. At March 31, 2020, the Company is not under examination in any jurisdiction and the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, and 2016 remain subject to examination. The Company believes no significant changes in the unrecognized tax benefits will occur within the next 12 months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

  Years Ended March 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 
          
Balance at beginning of period $1,083,000  $1,219,000  $1,092,000 
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year  362,000   91,000   234,000 
Reductions for tax positions of prior year  (434,000)  (227,000)  (107,000)
Balance at end of period $1,011,000  $1,083,000  $1,219,000 

At March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, there are $823,000, $938,000 and $1,054,000 of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the annual effective tax rate.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income tax expense. During the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company recognized approximately $(50,000), $(23,000), and $5,000 in interest and penalties, respectively. The Company had approximately $74,000 and $124,000 for the payment of interest and penalties accrued at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

18. Defined Contribution Plans

The Company has a 401(k) plan covering all employees who are 21 years of age with at least six months of service. The plan permits eligible employees to make contributions up to certain limitations, with the Company matching 50% of each participating employee’s contribution up to the first 6% of employee compensation. Employees are immediately vested in their voluntary employee contributions and vest in the Company’s matching contributions ratably over five years. The Company’s matching contribution to the 401(k) plan was $496,000, $445,000, and $389,000 for the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

19. Share-based Payments

At March 31, 2020, there were 342,000 shares of the Company’s common stock reserved for grants to the Company’s non-employee directors under the 2014 Non-Employee Director Incentive Award Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, (i) 53,784 and 40,238 of restricted stock units were issued and (ii) 143,909 and 201,084 shares of common stock were available for grant under this plan at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

At March 31, 2020, there were 3,950,000 shares of common stock reserved for grant to all employees of the Company under the 2010 Incentive Award Plan (the “2010 Plan”). Under the 2010 Plan, (i) 148,199 and 127,896 shares of restricted stock units were outstanding, (ii) options to purchase 1,485,123 and 1,274,165 shares of common stock were outstanding, (iii) none and 75,000 restricted shares were outstanding, and (iv) 629,823 and 1,040,728 shares of common stock were available for grant at March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

In addition, at March 31, 2020 and 2019, options to purchase 51,000 and 63,000 shares of common stock, respectively, were outstanding under the 2004 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan. No options remain available for grant under this plan.

The shares of common stock issued upon exercise of a previously granted stock option are considered new issuances from shares reserved for issuance upon adoption of the various plans.

Stock Options

The following is a summary of stock option transactions:

  
Number of
Shares
  
Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 
       
Outstanding at March 31, 2019  1,337,165  $17.58 
Granted  302,539  $19.72 
Exercised  (59,600) $7.65 
Forfeited  (43,981) $24.98 
Outstanding at March 31, 2020  1,536,123  $18.18 

At March 31, 2020, options to purchase 513,198 shares of common stock were unvested at the weighted average exercise price of $20.32.

Based on the market value of the Company’s common stock at March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised was $508,000, $788,000, and $913,000, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended March 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $2,189,000, $1,973,000, and $1,572,000, respectively.

The following summarizes information about the options outstanding at March 31, 2020:

   Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
Range of
Exercise price
  Shares  
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
In Years
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 Shares  
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
In Years
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
                     
$5.20 to $6.47   311,634  $6.46   2.75    311,634  $6.46   2.75  
$6.48 to $18.20   223,600   10.19   3.61    204,300   9.58   3.06  
$18.21 to $22.83   524,251   19.56   8.77    83,183   19.17   8.23  
$22.84 to $28.04   216,499   26.19   6.44    163,669   25.82   6.18  
$28.05 to $34.17   260,139   29.61   5.94    260,139   29.61   5.94  
    1,536,123  $18.18   5.99 $
2,567,000  1,022,925  $17.10   4.62 $
2,567,000

The aggregate intrinsic values in the above table represent the pre-tax value of all in-the-money options if all such options had been exercised on March 31, 2020 based on the Company’s closing stock price of $12.58 as of that date.

At March 31, 2020, there was $2,883,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense from stock-based compensation granted under the plans, which is related to non-vested shares. The compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 1.8 years.

Restricted Stock Units and Restricted Stock (collectively “RSUs”)

During the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 the Company granted 113,483 and 179,725 shares of RSUs, respectively, with an estimated grant date fair value of $2,112,000 and $3,490,000, respectively, which was based on the closing market price on the date of grant. The fair value related to these awards is recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. These awards generally vest in three equal installments beginning each anniversary from the grant date, subject to continued employment. Upon vesting, these awards may be net share settled to cover the required withholding tax with the remaining amount converted into an equivalent number of shares of common stock. Total shares withheld during the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 were 58,802 and 14,959, respectively, based on the value of these awards as determined by the Company’s closing stock price on the vesting date.

The following is a summary of non-vested RSUs:

  
Number of
Shares
  
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
       
Non-vested at March 31, 2019  243,134  $21.75 
Granted  113,483  $18.61 
Vested  (151,182) $21.66 
Forfeited  (3,452) $21.10 
Non-vested at March 31, 2020  201,983  $20.06 

As of March 31, 2020, there was $2,643,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to these awards, which will be recognized over the remaining vesting period of approximately 1.9 years.

20. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

  March 31, 2020  March 31, 2019 
  
Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Total  
Unrealized
Gain
on Short-Term
Investments
  
Foreign
Currency
Translation
  Total 
Balance at March 31, 2019 and 2018 $(6,887,000) $(6,887,000) $746,000  $(6,174,000) $(5,428,000)
Cumulative-effect adjustment  -   -   (746,000)  -   (746,000)
Balance at April 1, 2019 and 2018 $(6,887,000) $(6,887,000) $-  $(6,174,000) $(6,174,000)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax  (481,000)  (481,000)  -   (713,000)  (713,000)
Balance at March 31, 2020 and 2019 $(7,368,000) $(7,368,000) $-  $(6,887,000) $(6,887,000)

21. Subsequent Event

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company has taken proactive steps to manage its costs and bolster its liquidity, including increasing the level of receivables collected under its receivable discount programs. During April 2020, the Company collected $59,730,000 of receivables under these programs, with $1,552,000 in interest expense associated with these accounts receivable sales, which was higher than its average monthly utilization of these programs.

Additionally, as part of the cost reduction measures implemented by the Company in response to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on its business, executive committee members have all agreed to at least a 25% reduction in base salary, until the Company believes it is fiscally responsible to reinstate the original base salaries. The Company’s Board of Directors agreed to defer all board and committee fees and retainers, as well as waive any fees related to weekly board check in meetings, as long as the executive committee continues with a base salary reduction. The Company continues to analyze its cost structure and may implement additional cost reduction measures as may be necessary due to the on-going economic challenges resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic.

22. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data

The following summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the year ended March 31, 2020.

  
First
Quarter
  
Second
Quarter
  
Third
Quarter
  
Fourth
Quarter
 
             
Net sales $109,148,000  $150,374,000  $125,574,000  $150,735,000 
Cost of goods sold  91,565,000   113,801,000   97,913,000   114,152,000 
Gross profit  17,583,000   36,573,000   27,661,000   36,583,000 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative  12,000,000   14,285,000   10,618,000   34,522,000 
Sales and marketing  4,919,000   5,448,000   5,623,000   5,047,000 
Research and development  2,372,000   2,148,000   2,174,000   2,506,000 
Total operating expenses  19,291,000   21,881,000   18,415,000   42,075,000 
Operating (loss) income  (1,708,000)  14,692,000   9,246,000   (5,492,000)
Other expense:                
Interest expense, net  6,173,000   6,523,000   6,879,000   5,464,000 
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense  (7,881,000)  8,169,000   2,367,000   (10,956,000)
Income tax (benefit) expense  (1,730,000)  1,980,000   1,502,000   (2,763,000)
Net (loss) income $(6,151,000) $6,189,000  $865,000  $(8,193,000)
                 
Basic net (loss) income per share $(0.33) $0.33  $0.05  $(0.43)
Diluted net (loss) income per share $(0.33) $0.32  $0.04  $(0.43)

The following summarizes selected quarterly financial data for the year ended March 31, 2019:

  
First
Quarter
  
Second
Quarter
  
Third
Quarter
  
Fourth
Quarter
 
             
Net sales $91,668,000  $127,939,000  $124,113,000  $129,077,000 
Cost of goods sold  75,316,000   102,228,000   102,952,000   103,127,000 
Gross profit  16,352,000   25,711,000   21,161,000   25,950,000 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative  12,091,000   8,997,000   12,331,000   12,553,000 
Sales and marketing  4,392,000   4,537,000   5,149,000   5,464,000 
Research and development  1,736,000   1,784,000   2,054,000   2,440,000 
Total operating expenses  18,219,000   15,318,000   19,534,000   20,457,000 
Operating (loss) income  (1,867,000)  10,393,000   1,627,000   5,493,000 
Other expense:                
Interest expense, net  5,075,000   5,699,000   5,764,000   6,689,000 
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense  (6,942,000)  4,694,000   (4,137,000)  (1,196,000)
Income tax (benefit) expense  (1,447,000)  1,181,000   (1,035,000)  1,569,000 
Net (loss) income $(5,495,000) $3,513,000  $(3,102,000) $(2,765,000)
                 
Basic net (loss) income per share $(0.29) $0.19  $(0.16) $(0.15)
Diluted net (loss) income per share $(0.29) $0.18  $(0.16) $(0.15)

Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently. Therefore, the sum of per share amounts for the quarters may not agree with per share amounts for the year shown elsewhere in the Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Accounts Receivable Allowance for doubtful accounts

Years Ended
March 31,
 Description 
Balance at
beginning of
year
  
Charge to
bad debts
expense
  Acquisition  
Amounts
written off
  
Balance at
end of
year
 
2020 Allowance for doubtful accounts $4,100,000  $610,000  $-  $458,000  $4,252,000 
2019 Allowance for doubtful accounts $4,142,000  $224,000  $63,000(1) $329,000  $4,100,000 
2018 Allowance for doubtful accounts $4,140,000  $21,000  $-  $19,000  $4,142,000 

(1)
Allowance for doubtful accounts established in the opening balance sheet in connection with the Company’s January 2019 acquisition.

Accounts Receivable Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies

Years Ended
March 31,
 Description 
Balance at
beginning of
yearyear
  
Charge to
discrepancies
expense
  Acquisition  
Amounts
Processed
  
Balance at
end of
year
 
2020 Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies $854,000  $1,626,000  $-  $1,440,000  $1,040,000 
2019 Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies $1,110,000  $731,000  $-  $987,000  $854,000 
2018 Allowance for customer-payment discrepancies $751,000  $998,000  $-  $639,000  $1,110,000 

Inventory Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

Years Ended
March 31,
 Description 
Balance at
beginning of
year
  
Provision for
excess and
obsolete
inventory
  Acquisition  
Amounts
written off
  
Balance at
end of
year
 
2020 Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory $11,899,000  $13,372,000  $-  $12,063,000  $13,208,000 
2019 Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory $6,682,000  $11,153,000  $-  $5,936,000  $11,899,000 
2018 Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory $4,125,000  $8,491,000  $77,000(2) $6,011,000  $6,682,000 

(2)
Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory established in the opening balance sheet in connection with the Company’s July 2017 acquisition.


S-1